Vinaya Pitaka - Monastic Rules
Khandaka 13 (Culavagga 3) - Imposing Penance and Probation
- Translated from the Pali by I.B. Horner.
1
At one time the Awakened One, the Lord, was staying at Sāvatthī in the Jeta Grove in Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Now at that time the venerable Udāyin came to have fallen into one offence: the intentional emission of semen, not concealed. He announced to monks: "I, your reverences, have fallen into one offence … not concealed. Now what line of conduct should be followed by me?" They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
"Well then, monks, let the Order inflict mānatta (discipline) for six nights on the monk Udāyin for the one offence … not concealed.
"And thus, monks, should it be inflicted:
2
Monks, that monk Udāyin, having approached the Order, having arranged his upper robe over one shoulder, having honoured the feet of the senior monks, having sat down on his haunches, having saluted with joined palms, should speak thus to it: ‘Honoured sirs, I fell into one offence … not concealed. So I, honoured sirs, ask the Order for mānatta (discipline) for six nights on account of the one offence … not concealed. I, honoured sirs, fell into one offence … not concealed. And a second time I ask the Order … not concealed. I, honoured sirs, fell into one offence … not concealed. And a third time I ask the Order for mānatta (discipline) for six nights on account of the one offence: the intentional emission of semen, not concealed.’
"The Order should be informed by an experienced, competent monk, saying:
3‘Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk Udāyin fell into one offence … not concealed. He is asking the Order for mānatta (discipline) for six nights on account of the one offence not concealed. If it seems right to the Order, the Order may inflict mānatta (discipline) for six nights on the monk Udāyin on account of the one offence … not concealed. This is the motion.
4 Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk Udāyin fell into one offence … not concealed. He is asking the Order for mānatta (discipline) … not concealed. The Order is inflicting mānatta (discipline) for six nights on the monk Udāyin on account of the one offence … not concealed. If the infliction of mānatta (discipline) for six nights on the monk Udāyin on account of the one offence … not concealed is pleasing to the venerable ones, they should be silent; he to whom it is not pleasing should speak.
5 And a second time I speak forth this matter …
6-7 … And a third time I speak forth this matter: Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk Udāyin … should speak. Mānatta (discipline) is being inflicted by the Order for six nights on the monk Udāyin for the one offence: intentional emission of semen, not concealed. It is pleasing to the Order, therefore it is silent. Thus do I understand this.’"
8
He, having performed mānatta (discipline), announced to monks: "I, your reverences, fell into one offence: the intentional emission of semen, not concealed; so I asked the Order for mānatta (discipline) for six nights on account of the one offence … not concealed; thus the Order inflicted mānatta (discipline) for six nights on me on account of the one offence … not concealed. I have now performed mānatta (discipline). Now what line of conduct should be followed by me?" They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
"Well, then, monks, let the Order rehabilitate the monk Udāyin.
"And thus, monks, should he be rehabilitated:
9 That monk Udāyin, having approached the Order, having arranged his upper robe over one shoulder, having honoured the feet of the senior monks, having sat down on his haunches, having saluted with joined palms, should speak thus to it: ‘I, honoured sirs, fell into one offence … not concealed; so I asked the Order for mānatta (discipline) for six nights on account of the one offence … not concealed; thus the Order inflicted mānatta (discipline) for six nights on me on account of the one offence … not concealed. Now I, honoured sirs, having performed mānatta (discipline), ask the Order for rehabilitation.
10 I, honoured sirs, fell into one offence … So I, honoured sirs, having performed mānatta (discipline), ask the Order a second time also for rehabilitation.
11 I, honoured sirs, fell into one offence … So I, honoured sirs, having performed mānatta (discipline), ask the Order a third time also for rehabilitation.’
"The Order should be informed by an experienced, competent monk, saying:
12‘Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk Udāyin, fell into one offence: the intentional emission of semen, not concealed; so he asked the Order for mānatta (discipline) for six nights on account of the one offence … not concealed. The Order inflicted mānatta (discipline) for six nights on the monk Udāyin on account of the one offence … not concealed. He, having performed mānatta (discipline), is asking the Order for rehabilitation. If it seems right to the Order, the Order may rehabilitate the monk Udāyin. This is the motion.
13Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk Udāyin fell into one offence … is asking the Order for rehabilitation. The Order is rehabilitating the monk Udāyin. If the rehabilitation of the monk Udāyin is pleasing to the venerable ones, they should be silent; he to whom it is not pleasing should speak.
14 … And a second time I speak forth this matter …
15-16 … And a third time I speak forth this matter. Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me … should speak. The monk Udāyin is rehabilitated by the Order. It is pleasing to the Order; therefore it is silent. Thus do I understand this.’"
17
Now at that time the venerable Udāyin came to have fallen into one offence: the intentional emission of semen, concealed for one day. He announced to monks, saying: "I, your reverences, have fallen into one offence … concealed for one day. Now what line of conduct should be followed by me?" They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
"Well then, monks, let the Order impose probation for one day on the monk Udāyin on account of the offence … concealed for one day.
"And thus, monks, should it be imposed:
18Monks, that monk Udāyin, having approached the Order, having arranged his upper robe over one shoulder, having honoured the feet of the senior monks, having sat down on his haunches, having saluted with joined palms, should speak thus to it: ‘Honoured sirs, I fell into one offence … concealed for one day. So I, honoured sirs, ask the Order for probation for one day on account of the one offence … concealed for one day. I, honoured sirs, fell into one offence … concealed for one day. And a second time I ask the Order … concealed for one day. I, honoured sirs, fell into one offence … not concealed. And a third time I ask the Order for probation for one day on account of the one offence: the intentional emission of semen, concealed for one day.’
"The Order should be informed by an experienced, competent monk, saying:
19 ‘Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk Udāyin fell into one offence … concealed for one day. He is asking the Order for probation for one day on account of the one offence concealed for one day. If it seems right to the Order, the Order may inflict probation for one day on the monk Udāyin on account of the one offence … concealed for one day. This is the motion.
20 Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk Udāyin fell into one offence … concealed for one day. He is asking the Order for probation … concealed for one day. The Order is inflicting probation for one day on the monk Udāyin on account of the one offence … concealed for one day. If the infliction of probation for one day on the monk Udāyin on account of the one offence … concealed for one day is pleasing to the venerable ones, they should be silent; he to whom it is not pleasing should speak.
21-22And a second time I speak forth this matter …
… And a third time I speak forth this matter: Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk Udāyin … should speak. Probation is being inflicted by the Order for one day on the monk Udāyin for the one offence: intentional emission of semen, concealed for one day. It is pleasing to the Order, therefore it is silent. Thus do I understand this.’"
23
He, having stayed under probation, announced to monks: "I, your reverences, fell into one offence … concealed for one day; so I asked the Order for probation for one day on account of the one offence … concealed for one day; thus the Order imposed probation for one day on me on account of the one offence … concealed for one day. I have now stayed under probation. Now what line of conduct should be followed by me?" They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
"Well then, monks, let the Order inflict mānatta (discipline) for six nights on the monk Udāyin on account of the one offence … concealed for one day.
"And thus, monks, should it be inflicted:
24Monks, that monk Udāyin, having approached the Order, having arranged his upper robe over one shoulder, having honoured the feet of the senior monks, having sat down on his haunches, having saluted with joined palms, should speak thus to it: ‘Honoured sirs, I fell into one offence … concealed for one day. So I, honoured sirs, ask the Order for mānatta (discipline) for six nights on account of the one offence … concealed for one day. I, honoured sirs, fell into one offence … concealed for one day. And a second time I ask the Order … concealed for one day. I, honoured sirs, fell into one offence … concealed for one day. And a third time I ask the Order for mānatta (discipline) for six nights on account of the one offence: the intentional emission of semen, concealed for one day.’
"The Order should be informed by an experienced, competent monk, saying:
25 ‘Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk Udāyin fell into one offence … concealed for one day. He is asking the Order for mānatta (discipline) for six nights on account of the one offence concealed for one day. If it seems right to the Order, the Order may inflict mānatta (discipline) for six nights on the monk Udāyin on account of the one offence … concealed for one day. This is the motion.
26 Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk Udāyin fell into one offence … concealed for one day. He is asking the Order for mānatta (discipline) … concealed for one day. The Order is inflicting mānatta (discipline) for six nights on the monk Udāyin on account of the one offence … concealed for one day. If the infliction of mānatta (discipline) for six nights on the monk Udāyin on account of the one offence … concealed for one day is pleasing to the venerable ones, they should be silent; he to whom it is not pleasing should speak.
27And a second time I speak forth this matter …
28 … And a third time I speak forth this matter: Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk Udāyin … should speak. Mānatta (discipline) is being inflicted by the Order for six nights on the monk Udāyin for the one offence: intentional emission of semen, concealed for one day. It is pleasing to the Order, therefore it is silent. Thus do I understand this.’"
29
He, having performed mānatta (discipline), announced to the monks: "I, your reverences, fell into one offence … concealed for one day; so I asked the Order for probation for one day on account of the one offence … concealed for one day; thus the Order imposed probation for one day on me on account of the one offence … concealed for one day. I, having stayed under probation, asked the Order for mānatta (discipline) for six nights on account of the one offence … concealed for one day. I have now performed mānatta (discipline). Now what line of conduct should be followed by me?" They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
"Well then, monks, let the Order rehabilitate the monk Udāyin.
30-34 Here follows precisely the same material as in Kd.13.2.2">, Kd.13.2.3">, reading concealed for one day instead of not concealed … … ’"
35 Now at that time the venerable Udāyin fell into one offence: the intentional emission of semen, concealed for two days … three days … four days … five days. He announced to monks: "I, your reverences, fell into one offence … concealed for two … five days … = Kd.13.3"> Instead of concealed for one day, probation for one day, read concealed for two … five days, probation for two … five days … Thus do I understand this.’"
41
While he was under probation he fell into one offence: the intentional emission of semen, not concealed. He announced to monks: "I, your reverences, fell into one offence … concealed for five days; so I asked the Order for probation for five days on account of this offence … concealed for five days; thus the Order granted me probation for five days on account of the one offence … concealed for five days. Now while I was under probation I fell into one offence … not concealed. Now what line of conduct should be followed by me?" They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
"Well then, monks, let the Order send the monk Udāyin back to the beginning on account of the one offence … not concealed, while (he was under probation).
"And thus, monks, should he be sent back to the beginning:
42That monk Udāyin, having approached the Order … should speak thus to it: ‘I, honoured sirs, fell into one offence … concealed for five days. So I asked the Order for probation for five days on account of the one offence … concealed for five days; thus the Order granted me probation for five days … concealed for five days. While I was doing probation I fell into one offence … not concealed. So I am asking the Order for sending back to the beginning on account of this offence … not concealed.’
And a second time it should be asked for … And a third time it should be asked for …
"The Order should be informed by an experienced, competent monk, saying:
43‘Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk Udāyin … asked the Order for probation for five days … … The Order granted probation for five days … While he was under probation he fell into one offence … not concealed. He is asking the Order for sending back to the beginning on account of the one offence … not concealed, while (he was under probation). If it seems right to the Order, the Order may send the monk Udāyin back to the beginning on account of … not concealed, while (he was under probation). This is the motion.
44 Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk Udāyin … is asking the Order for sending back to the beginning on account of the one offence … not concealed, while (he was under probation). The Order is sending the monk Udāyin back to the beginning … while (he was under probation). If the sending back to the beginning of the monk Udāyin … is pleasing to the venerable ones, they should be silent; he to whom it is not pleasing should speak.
45 … And a second time I speak forth this matter … And a third time I speak forth this matter … The monk Udāyin is sent back to the beginning by the Order.
46The sending back to the beginning for the monk Udāyin on account of the one offence … not concealed is pleasing to the Order; therefore it is silent. Thus do I understand this.’"
47
He, having stayed under probation, while he was deserving mānatta (discipline), fell into an offence … not concealed. He announced to monks: "I, your reverences, fell into one offence … concealed for five days; so I asked the Order …
= Kd.13.7.1">. Now while I was under probation I fell into one offence … not concealed. So I asked the Order for sending back to the beginning on account of the one offence … not concealed. The Order sent me back to the beginning on account of the one offence … not concealed, while (I was under probation). Now I, having stayed under probation while I was deserving mānatta (discipline), fell into one offence … not concealed. Now what line of conduct should be followed by me?" They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
"Well, then, monks, let the Order send the monk Udāyin back to the beginning on account of the one offence … not concealed, while (he was under probation)."
48
"And thus, monks, should he be sent back: That monk Udāyin, having approached the Order … should speak thus to it: ‘I, honoured sirs, fell into one offence … concealed for five days … Having stayed under probation, while I was deserving
mānatta (discipline), I fell into one offence …
not concealed. So I, honoured sirs, ask the Order for sending back to the beginning on account of the one offence … not
concealed, having stayed under probation and while I was deserving mānatta (discipline).’ And a second time it should be asked for … And a third time it should be asked for …
"The Order should be informed by an experienced, competent monk, saying:
49 ‘Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk Udāyin … asks for sending back to the beginning on account of the one offence … not concealed, while he was deserving mānatta (discipline), having stayed under probation. If it seems right to the Order, the Order may send the monk Udāyin back to the beginning … having stayed under probation. This is the motion:
50Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk Udāyin asks … The Order is sending the monk Udāyin back to the beginning … If the sending back to the beginning for the monk Udāyin on account of … is pleasing to the venerable ones, they should be silent; he to whom it is not pleasing should speak.
51And a second time I speak forth this matter … And a third time I speak forth this matter …
52The monk Udāyin is sent back to the beginning by the Order. The sending back to the beginning … is pleasing to the Order, therefore it is silent. Thus do I understand this.’"
53
He, having stayed under probation, announced to monks: "I, your reverences, fell into one offence … concealed for five days …
as in
Kd.13.4.2"> … They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
"Well then, monks, let the Order inflict mānatta (discipline) for six nights on the monk Udāyin on account of these offences.
…
as in
Kd.13.4.2">,
Kd.13.4.3">
… ‘ … Thus do I understand this.’."
54
While he was undergoing mānatta (discipline) he fell into one offence … not concealed. He announced to monks: "I, your reverences, fell into one offence … concealed for five days …
as in Kd.13.8.1"> … " They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
"Well then, monks, let the Order, having sent the monk Udāyin back to the beginning on account of the one offence
while he was undergoing mānatta (discipline), not concealed, inflict mānatta (discipline) for six nights. And thus, monks, should he be sent back to the beginning … And thus, monks, should mānatta (discipline) for six nights be inflicted … Mānatta (discipline) for six nights is inflicted by the Order on the monk Udāyin for the one offence … It is pleasing to the Order; therefore it is silent. Thus do I understand this.’"
59-64
He, having performed mānatta (discipline) and while he deserved rehabilitation, fell into one offence … not concealed. He announced to monks … They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
"Well then, monks, let the Order, having sent the monk Udāyin back to the beginning on account of the one offence … when he had performed mānatta (discipline) and while he deserved rehabilitation, inflict mānatta (discipline) on him for six nights. And thus, monks, should he be sent back to the beginning … And thus, monks, should (discipline) for six nights be inflicted … ‘ … Thus do I understand this.’"
65
He, having performed mānatta (discipline), announced to monks: "I, your reverences, fell into one offence … concealed for five days.
…
as in Kd.13.2.1">. I have now performed mānatta (discipline). Now what line of conduct should be followed by me?" They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
"Well then, monks, let the Order rehabilitate the monk Udāyin.
1 "And thus, monks, should he be rehabilitated: That monk Udāyin, having approached the Order … should speak thus to it: ‘I, honoured sirs, fell into one offence … concealed for five days. So I asked the Order for probation for five days on account of the one offence … concealed for five days. Therefore the Order granted me probation for five days on account of the one offence … concealed for five days. While I was doing probation I fell into one offence … not concealed. So I asked the Order for sending back to the beginning on account of the one offence … while I was doing probation, not concealed. The Order sent me back to the beginning … But then I, having stayed under probation and while I deserved mānatta (discipline), fell into one offence … not concealed. So I asked the Order for sending back to the beginning … The Order sent me back to the beginning … not concealed. So I asked the Order for mānatta (discipline) for six nights on account of the three offences. Because of this, the Order inflicted mānatta (discipline) for six nights on me on account of the three offences. But wfrle I was under-going mānatta (discipline) I fell into one offence … not concealed. So I asked the Order for sending back to the beginning … Thus the Order sent me back to the beginning … So I asked the Order for mānatta (discipline) for six nights on account of the one offence … while I was undergoing mānatta (discipline), not concealed. The Order inflicted mānatta (discipline) for six nights on me. When I had performed mānatta (discipline) and while I deserved rehabilitation, I fell into one offence … not concealed. So I asked the Order for sending back to the beginning on account of the one offence … while I deserved rehabilitation, not concealed. Thus the Order sent me back to the beginning … And I asked the Order for mānatta (discipline) for six nights on account of the one offence … while I deserved rehabilitaion, not concealed. Because of this, the Order inflicted mānatta, (discipline) for six nights on me … So I, honoured sirs, having performed mānatta (discipline) ask the Order for rehabilitation.’ And a second time should it be asked for … And a third time should it be asked for …
1 "The Order should be informed by an experienced, competent monk, saying: ‘Honoured sirs, … as in Kd.13.12.2"> … He, having performed mānatta (discipline), asks the Order for rehabilitation. If it seems right to the Order, … And a third time I speak forth this matter … The monk Udāyin is rehabilitated by the Order. It is pleasing to the Order … Thus do I understand this.’"
75 Now at that time the venerable Udāyin fell into one offence … concealed for half a month … as in Kd.13.3"> Instead of concealed for one day, probation for one day read concealed for half a month, probation for half a month … ‘ … Thus do I understand this.’"
1 While he was under probation he fell into one offence … concealed for five days. He announced to monks: "I, your reverences, fell into one offence … concealed for half a month. So I asked the Order for probation for half a month on account of the one offence … concealed for half a month. Because of this the Order granted me probation for half a month. Then while I was under probation, I fell into one offence … concealed for five days. Now what line of conduct should be followed by me?" They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
1 "Well then, monks, let the Order, having sent the monk Udāyin back to the beginning on account of the one offence … concealed for five days, grant him probation concurrent with the former offence.
1 "And thus, monks, should he be sent back to the beginning: … as in Kd.13.7.2">, Kd.13.7.3">. Read concealed for half a month, probation for half a month,and then concealed for five days instead of concealed for five days, probation for five days, and then not concealed … ‘ … Thus do I understand this.’"
87 "And thus, monks, should probation concurrent with the former offence be granted: That monk Udāyin, having approached the Order … should speak thus to it: ‘I, honoured sirs, asked the Order for sending back to the beginning … = Kd.13.14.2"> … Therefore the Order sent me back to the beginning on account of the one offence … while I was under probation for half a month, concealed for five days. So I, honoured sirs, ask the Order for concurrent probation with the former offence … while I was under probation for half a month, concealed for five days’. And a second time … And a third time it should be asked for. The Order should be informed … ‘ … And a third time I speak forth this matter … Concurrent probation with the former offence is granted by the Order to the monk Udāyin on account of the one offence … while he was under probation for half a month, concealed for five days. It is pleasing … Thus do I understand this.’"
93 He, having stayed under probation, while deserving mānatta (discipline), fell into one offence … concealed for five days … They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
1 "Well then, monks, let the Order, having sent the monk Udāyin back to the beginning on account of the one offence … concealed for five days, grant him probation concurrent with the former offence. And thus, monks, should he be sent back to the beginning … as in Kd.13.14.2">, Kd.13.14.3"> … And thus, monks, should probation concurrent with the former offence be granted … ‘ … Thus do I understand this.’"
1 He, having stayed under probation, announced to monks: … as in Kd.13.4.1"> reading concealed for five days instead of concealed for one day … They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
1 "Well then, monks, let the Order inflict mānatta (discipline) for six nights on the monk Udāyin on account of the three offences. And thus, monks, should it be inflicted: That monk Udāyin, having approached the Order … ‘ … And a third time I speak forth this matter … Mānatta (discipline) is inflicted by the Order for six nights on the monk Udāyin on account of the three offences. It is pleasing … Thus do I understand this.’"
1 While he was undergoing mānatta (discipline) he fell into one offence, concealed for five days. He announced to monks: I, your reverences, fell into one offence … concealed for half a month … ’ and he told all that had happened from Kd.13.13"> onwards … They told this matter to the Lord. He said: "Well then, monks, let the Order, having sent the monk Udāyin back to the beginning on account of the one offence … concealed for five days, having granted him probation concurrent with the former offence, inflict mānatta (discipline) on him for six nights. And thus, monks, should he be sent back to the beginning … And thus, monks, should probation concurrent with the former offence be granted … And thus, monks, should mānatta (discipline) for six nights be inflicted … ‘Mānatta (discipline) for six nights is inflicted by the Order on the monk Udāyin on account of the one offence … while he was undergoing mānatta (discipline), concealed for five days. It is pleasing … Thus do I understand this.’"
1 He, having performed mānatta (discipline), while he deserved rehabilitation fell into one offence … concealed for five days. He announced to monks: ‘I, your reverences, fell into one offence, concealed for half a month … he repeats all that has happened from Kd.13.13"> onwards … When I had performed mānatta (discipline) and while I deserved rehabilitation, I fell into one offence … concealed for five days. Now what line of conduct should be followed by me?" They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
1 "Well then, monks, let the Order, having sent the monk Udāyin back to the beginning on account of the one offence … concealed for five days, having granted him probation concurrent with the former offence, inflict mānatta (discipline) for six nights on him … as in Kd.13.17.2">.’ … Thus do I understand this.’"
1 He, having performed mānatta (discipline), announced to monks: "I, your reverences, fell into one offence … concealed for half a month … as from Kd.13.13"> onwards I have now performed mānatta (discipline). Now what line of conduct is to be followed by me?" They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
1 "Well then, monks, let the Order rehabilitate the monk Udayin. And thus, monks, should he be rehabilitated: That monk Udāyin, having approached the Order, … should speak thus to it: ‘I, honoured sirs, fell into one offence, … concealed for half a month. So I … But I, honoured sirs, having performed mānatta discipline, ask the Order for rehabilitation … ’ And a second time … And a third time it should be asked for … The Order should be informed … ‘ … And a third time I speak forth this matter … The monk Udāyin is rehabilitated by the Order. It is pleasing … Thus do I understand this.’"
117 Concluded (are the proceedings connected with) Intentional Emission.
118Now at that time a certain monk came to have fallen into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order: one offence was concealed for one day, one offence was concealed for two days … three … four … five … six … seven … eight … nine days, one offence was concealed for ten days. He announced to monks: "I, your reverences, fell into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order; one offence was concealed for one day … one offence was concealed for ten days. What line of conduct should be followed by me?" They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
"Well then, monks, let the Order grant this monk concurrent probation, its duration depending on whichever was the offence among these offences that was concealed for ten days.
119 "And thus, monks, should it be granted: That monk, having approached the Order … should speak thus to it: ‘I, revered sirs, have fallen into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order; ‘ … one offence was concealed for ten days. So I, honoured sirs, ask the Order for concurrent probation, its duration depending on whichever was the offence among these offences that was concealed for ten days’. And a second time it should be asked for … And a third time it should be asked for … The Order should be informed by an experienced, competent monk, saying: ‘Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk So-and-so fell into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order; one was concealed for … ten days. He is asking the Order for concurrent probation, its duration depending on whichever was the offence among these offences that was concealed for ten days. If it seems right to the Order, the Order should grant the monk So-and-so concurrent probation … for ten days. This is the motion … Concurrent probation is being granted by the Order to the monk So-and-so, its duration depending on whichever was the offence among these offences that was concealed for ten days. It is pleasing … Thus do I understand this.’"
124 Now at that time a certain monk had fallen into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order; one offence was concealed for one day, two offences were concealed for two days, three offences were concealed for three days, four … for four days, five … for five days … six for six days … seven for seven days, eight … for eight days, nine … for nine days, ten offences were concealed for ten days. He announced to monks, saying: "I, your reverences, have fallen into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order; one offence was concealed for one day … ten offences were concealed for ten days. Now, what line of conduct should be followed by me?" They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
1 "Well then, monks, let the Order grant this monk concurrent probation, its duration depending on whichever were the offences among these offences that were each concealed the longest. And thus, monks, should it be granted: That monk, having approached the Order … should speak thus to it: ‘ I, honoured sirs, have fallen into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order; one offence was concealed for one day … ten offences were concealed for ten days. Therefore I, honoured sirs, ask the Order for concurrent probation, its duration depending on whichever were the offences among these offences that were each concealed the longest.’ And a second time it should be asked for … And a third time it should be asked for … The Order should be informed by an experienced, competent monk, saying: ‘ … And a third time I speak forth this matter … Concurrent probation is granted by the Order to this monk, its duration depending on whichever were the offences among these offences that were each concealed the longest. It is pleasing … Thus do I understand this.’"
130 Now at that time a certain monk fell into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order; they were concealed for two months. It occurred to him: "I have fallen into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order; they were concealed for two months. Suppose I were to ask the Order for probation for two months for one offence concealed for two months?" He asked the Order for probation for two months for one offence concealed for two months. The Order granted him probation for two months for one offence concealed for two months. While he was under probation a feeling of shame overcame him, and he thought: "I fell into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order; they were concealed for two months. It occurred to me: I have fallen into two offences … Suppose I were to ask the Order for probation for two months for one offence concealed for two months? I asked the Order … The Order granted me probation for two months for one offence concealed for two months. While I was under probation a feeling of shame overcame me. Suppose I were also to ask the Order for probation for two months for that other offence concealed for two months?"
1 He announced to monks: "I, your reverences, fell into two offences … ‘ … Suppose I were also to ask the Order for probation for two months for that other offence concealed for two months?’ Now, what line of conduct should be followed by me?" They told this matter to the Lord. He said.
1 "Well then, monks, let the Order grant this monk probation for two months on account also of that other offence concealed for two months. And thus, monks, should it be granted: That monk, having approached the Order … should speak thus to it: ‘I, honoured sirs, have fallen into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order … = Kd.13.22.2"> … Suppose I were also to ask the Order for probation for two months on account of that other offence concealed for two months? So I, honoured sirs, am also asking the Order for probation for two months on account of that other offence concealed for two months.’ And a second time it should be asked for … And a third time it should be asked for.
1 "The Order should be informed by an experienced, competent monk, saying: ‘Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk So-and-so has fallen into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, concealed for two months. It occurred to him: … He is also asking the Order for probation for two months on account of that other offence concealed for two months. If it seems right to the Order, the Order may also grant the monk So-and-so probation for two months on account of that other offence concealed for two months. This is the motion. Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk So-and-so … And a third time I speak forth this matter. Probation is also being granted the monk So-and-so by the Order for two months on account of this other offence concealed for two months. It is pleasing … Thus do I understand this.’ Well then, monks, that monk should do probation for two months from that date.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk has fallen into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, concealed for two months … as above … The Order also granted him probation for two months on account of that other offence concealed for two months. Well then, monks, that monk should do probation for two months from that date.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk has fallen into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, concealed for two months. He knows that one is an offence, he does not know that the other is an offence. He asks the Order for probation for two months on account of that offence, concealed for two months, which he knows to be an offence. The Order grants him probation for two months an account of that offence concealed for two months. While he is under probation, he finds that the other is also an offence. It occurs to him: ‘I have fallen into two offences … I knew that one was an offence, I did not know that the other was an offence. So I asked the Order for probation for two months on account of that offence which I knew to be an offence, concealed for two months. The Order granted me probation for two months on account of that offence, concealed for two months. But while I was under probation, I found that the other was also an offence. Suppose I were also to ask the Order for probation for two months on account of this other offence, concealed for two months?’ He asks the Order for probation … The Order grants him probation for two months on account of this other offence also, concealed for two months. Well then, monks, this monk should do probation for two months from that date.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk has fallen into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, concealed for two months. He remembers one offence, he does not remember the other offence. He asks the Order for probation for two months on account of that offence, concealed for two months, which he remembers … = Kd.13.23.2">. Read remembers, remembered instead of finds, found … for two months from this date.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk has fallen into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, concealed for two months. He is in no doubt that one is an offence, he is doubtful whether the other is an offence. He asks the Order for probation for two months on account of that offence about which he is in no doubt … = Kd.13.23.2">. Read is doubtful for does not know … for two months from this date.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk has fallen into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, concealed for two months. One offence is knowingly concealed, the other offence is unknowingly concealed. He asks the Order for probation for two months on account of those offences concealed for two months. The Order grants him probation for two months on account of those offences concealed for two months. While he is under probation, a certain monk arrives—one who has heard much, to whom the tradition had been handed down, expert in dhamma, expert in discipline, expert in the summaries, clever, experienced, wise, conscientious, scrupulous, desirous of training. He speaks thus: ‘What, your reverences, has this monk fallen into? Why is this monk doing probation?’ They speak thus: ‘This monk, your reverence, has fallen into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, concealed for two months. One offence was knowingly concealed, the other offence was unknowingly concealed. He asked the Order for probation for two months on account of these offences concealed for two months. The Order granted him probation for two months on account of these offences, concealed tor two months. This monk your reverence, has fallen into these, this monk is under probation on account of these.’ He speaks thus: ‘The granting of probation, your reverences, for that offence which he knowingly concealed is legally valid; because it is legally valid it is effective; but the granting of probation, your reverences, for that offence which he unknowingly concealed is not legally valid; because it is not legally valid it is not effective. For this offence, your reverences, the monk deserves mānatta (discipline).’
1
"This is a case, monks, where a monk falls into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, concealed for two months. One offence is concealed, he remembering it, the other offence is concealed, he not remembering it … One offence is concealed, he being not in doubt (about it), the other offence is concealed, he being in doubt (about it) … ‘ … For this offence, your reverences, this monk deserves mānatta (discipline).’"
1 Now at that time a certain monk had fallen into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, concealed for two months. It occurred to him: "I have fallen into two offences … concealed for two months. Suppose that I were to ask the Order for probation for one month on account of the two offences, concealed for two months?" He asked the Order … The Order granted him probation for one month on account of the two offences, concealed for two months. As he was under probation shame overcame him, and he thought: "I have fallen into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, concealed for two months. It occurred to me: … I asked the Order for probation for one month … The Order granted me probation for one month on account of the two offences concealed for two months. As I was under probation shame overcame me. What now, if I should also ask the Order for probation for a further month on account of the two offences concealed for two months?"
1 He announced to monks: "I, your reverences, have fallen into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, concealed for two months … It occurred to me: … What now if I should also ask the Order for probation for a further month on account of the two offences concealed for two months? Now, what line of conduct should be followed by me?" They told this matter to the Lord.
1 He said: "Well then, monks, let the Order also grant this monk probation for a further month on account of these two offences concealed for two months. And thus, monks, should it be asked for: That monk, having approached the Order … should speak thus to it: ‘I, honoured sirs, have fallen into two offences … What now if I should also ask the Order for probation for a further month on account of the two offences, concealed for two months? So I, honoured sirs, am also asking the Order for probation for a further month on account of the two offences concealed for two months.’ And a second time … And a third time it should be asked for. The Order should be informed by an experienced, competent monk, saying: ‘Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk So-and-so fell into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, concealed for two months. It occurred to him: ‘ … Suppose I were also to ask the Order for probation for a further month on account of the two offences, concealed for two months?’ He is asking … If it seems right to the Order, the Order … If the giving of probation to the monk So-and-so for a further month also on account of the two offences concealed for two months is pleasing to the venerable ones … And a third time I speak forth this matter … Probation is granted by the Order to the monk So-and-so for a further month also on account of the two offences, concealed for two months. It is pleasing … Thus do I understand this.’ Monks, that monk should do probation for two months from the earlier date.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk falls into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, concealed for two months. It occurs to him: ‘I have fallen into two offences … concealed for two months. Suppose I were to ask the Order for probation for one month on account of the two offences concealed for two months?’ … = Kd.13.25.1"> … The Order also grants him probation for a further month on account of the two offences, concealed for two months. Monks, that monk should do probation for two months from the earlier date.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk falls into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, concealed for two months. He knows the one month, he does not know the other month … he remembers the one month, he does not remember the other month … he is not doubtful about the one month, he is doubtful about the other month. He asks the Order for probation for that month on account of the two offences, concealed for two months, about which he is not doubtful. The Order grants him probation … not doubtful. As he is doing probation he comes to be doubtful about the further month also. It occurs to him: ‘I have fallen into two offences … concealed for two months. I was not doubtful about the one month, I was doubtful about the other month … Suppose I were to ask the Order for probation for a further month also on account of the two offences concealed for two months?’ He asks the Order … The Order grants him probation for a further month also on account of the two offences, concealed for two months. Monks, that monk should do probation for two months from the earlier date.
1
This is a case, monks, where a monk falls into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, concealed for two months. One month is knowingly concealed, the other month is unknowingly concealed … One month is concealed, he remembering it, the other month is concealed, he not remembering it … One month is concealed, he being not in doubt (about it), the other month is concealed, he being in doubt about it. He asks the Order for probation for two months on account of the two offences concealed for two months. The Order grants him probation for two months … concealed for two months. As he is under probation, another monk arrives—one who has heard much … desirous of training. He speaks thus: ‘Into what, your reverences, has this monk fallen? Why is this monk under probation?’ They speak
thus: ‘This monk, your reverence, has fallen into two offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, concealed for two months. He concealed one month (although) he was not doubtful (about it), he concealed the other month (because) he was doubtful (about it). He asked the Order for probation … The Order granted him probation for two months on account of the two offences, concealed for two months. This monk, your reverence, has fallen into these, this monk is doing probation on account of these.’ He speaks thus: ‘The granting of probation, your reverences, for that month which he concealed (although) he was not doubtful (about it) is legally valid; because it is legally valid, it is effective; but the granting of probation, your reverences, for that month which he concealed because he was doubtful (about it) is not legally valid; because it is not legally valid, it is not effective. For that month, your reverences, that monk deserves mānatta discipline.’"
1 Now at that time a certain monk came to have fallen into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order; he did not know about the expiration of the offences, he did not know about the expiration of the nights … He did not remember … He was doubtful about the expiration of the offences, he was doubtful about the expiration of the nights. He announced to monks: "I, your reverences, fell into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order. I do not know about the expiration of the offences, I do not know about the expiration of the nights … I am doubtful about the expiration of the nights. Now, what line of conduct should be followed by me?" They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
1 "Well then, monks, let the Order grant the purifying probation to this monk on account of those offences.
1 And thus, monks, should it be granted: That monk, having approached the Order … should speak thus to it: ‘I, honoured sirs, have fallen into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order. I do not know about the expiration of the offences … I am doubtful about the expiration of the nights. So I, honoured sirs, am asking the Order for the purifying probation on account of these offences’. And a second time … And a third time it should be asked for. The Order should be informed by an experienced, competent monk, saying: ‘Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk So-and-so has fallen into several offences … he is doubtful about the expiration of the nights. He is asking the Order for the purifying probation on account of those offences. If it seems right to the Order, the Order may grant the monk So-and-so the purifying probation on account of those offences. This is the motion. Honoured sirs, let the Order listen to me. This monk So-and-so … The Order is granting the monk So-and-so the purifying probation on account of those offences. If the granting to the monk So-and-so of the purifying probation on account of those offences is pleasing to the venerable ones, they should be silent; he to whom it is not pleasing should speak: And a second time … And a third time I speak forth this matter … The purifying probation is granted by the Order to the monk So-and-so on account of those offences. It is pleasing … Thus do I understand this.’
1 "Thus, monks, should the purifying probation be granted, thus should probation be granted. And how, monks, should the purifying probation be granted? If he does not know about the expiration of the offences, if he does not know about the expiration of the nights, if he does not remember about the expiration of the offences, if he does not remember about the expiration of the nights, if he is doubtful about the expiration of the offences, if he is doubtful about the expiration of the nights, the purifying probation may be granted.
1 "If he knows about the expiration of the offences, if he does not know about the expiration of the nights, if he remembers about the expiration of the offences, if he does not remember about the expiration of nights, if he is not in doubt as to the expiration of the offences, if he is in doubt as to the expiration of the nights, the purifying probation may be granted.
1 "If he knows the expiration of the offences in some cases, if he does not know it in others, if he does not know the expiration of the nights, if he remembers the expiration of the offences in some cases, if he does not remember it in others, if he does not remember the expiration of the nights, if he is in doubt as to the expiration of the offences in some cases, if he is in no doubt as to it in others, if he is in doubt as to the expiration of the nights, the purifying probation may be granted.
1 "If he does not know the expiration of the offences, if he knows the expiration of the nights in some cases, if he does not know it in others, if he does not remember the expiration of the offences, if he remembers the expiration of the nights in some cases, if he does not remember it in others, if he is in doubt as to the expiration of the offences, if in some cases he is in doubt as to the expiration of the nights, if he is not in doubt in others, the purifying probation may be granted.
1 "If he knows the expiration of the offences, if he knows the expiration of the nights in some cases, if he does not know it in others, if he remembers the expiration of the offences, if he remembers the expiration of the nights in some cases, if he does not remember it in others, if he is not in doubt as to the expiration of the offences, if he is in doubt in some cases as to the expiration of the nights, if he is not in doubt in others, the purifying probation may be granted.
1 "If he knows the expiration of the offences in some cases, if he does not know it in others, if he knows the expiration of the nights in some cases, if he does not know it in others, if he remembers the expiration of the offences in some cases, if he does not remember it in others, if he remembers the expiration of the nights in some cases, if he does not remember it in others, if he is in doubt as to some offences, if he is not in doubt as to others, if he is in doubt as to some nights, if he is not in doubt as to others, the purifying probation may be granted.
1 "And how, monks may probation be granted? If he knows the expiration of the offences, if he knows the expiration of the nights, if he remembers the expiration of the offences, if he remembers the expiration of the nights, if he is not in doubt as to the expiration of the offences, if he is not in doubt as to the expiration of the nights, probation may be granted.
1 "If he does not know the expiration of the offences, if he knows the expiration of the nights, if he does not remember the expiration of the offences, if he remembers the expiration of the nights, if he is in doubt as to the expiration of the offences, if he is not in doubt as to the expiration of the nights, probation may be granted.
1 "If he knows the expiration of the offences in some cases, if he does not know it in others, if he knows the expiration of the nights, if he remembers the expiration of the offences in some cases, if he does not remember it in others, if he remembers the expiration of the nights, if he is in doubt as to the expiration of the offences in some cases, if he is not in doubt in others, if he is not in doubt as to the expiration of the nights, probation may be granted. Thus, monks, may probation be granted."
176Now at that time a certain monk, while doing probation, left the Order. Having come back again, he asked the monks for ordination. They told this matter to the Lord. He said:
177 "This is a case, monks, where a monk, doing probation, leaves the Order. Monks, the probation of one who leaves the Order is not effective. If he is ordained again, the earlier granting of probation is just as it was for him: whatever probation is granted is properly granted, whoever does probation does probation thoroughly, he must do probation (for any portion of time) remaining.
178 "This is a case, monks, where a monk, while doing probation, becomes a novice. Monks, the probation of a novice is not effective. If he is ordained again, the earlier granting of probation is just as it was for him: whatever probation is granted is properly granted, whoever does probation does probation thoroughly, he must do probation (for any portion of time) remaining.
179"This is a case, monks, where a monk, while doing probation, becomes mad. Monks, the probation of one who is mad is not effective. If he becomes sane again, the earlier granting of probation is just as it was for him: whatever probation is granted is properly granted, whoever does probation does probation thoroughly, he must do probation (for any portion of time) remaining.
180 "This is a case, monks, where a monk, while doing probation, becomes unhinged in mind. Monks, the probation of one who is unhinged in mind is not effective. If he becomes not unhinged in mind again …
181This is a case, monks, where a monk, doing probation, becomes afflicted by pain. Monks, the probation of one afflicted by pain is not effective. If he becomes not afflicted by pain again … he must do probation for (any portion of time) remaining.
182-184"This is a case, monks, where a monk, while doing probation, is suspended for not seeing an offence … for not making amends for an offence … for not giving up a wrong view. Monks, the probation of one who is suspended is not effective. If he is restored again, the earlier granting of probation is just as it was for him: whatever probation is granted is properly granted, whoever does probation does probation thoroughly, he must do probation for (any portion of time) remaining.
185 "This is a case, monks, where a monk who deserves to be sent back to the beginning leaves the Order. Monks, the sending back to the beginning is not effective for one who leaves the Order. If he is ordained again, the earlier granting of the probation is just as it was for him: whatever probation is granted is properly granted, that monk must be sent back to the beginning.
186 "This is a case, monks, where a monk who deserves to be sent back to the beginning becomes a novice … becomes mad … becomes unhinged in mind … is suspended for not seeing an offence … for not making amends for an offence … for not giving up a wrong view. Monks, the sending back to the beginning of one who is suspended is not effective. If he is restored again, the earlier granting of the probation is just as it was for him: whatever probation is granted is properly granted, that monk must be sent back to the beginning.
187 This is a case, monks, where a monk who deserves mānatta (discipline) leaves the Order. Monks, the imposing of mānatta (discipline) on one who leaves the Order is not effective. If he is ordained again, the earlier granting of probation is just as it was for him: whatever probation is granted is properly-granted, whoever does probation does probation thoroughly, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on that monk.
188 "This is a case, monks, where a monk who deserves mānatta (discipline) becomes a novice … becomes mad … is suspended for not giving up a wrong view. Monks, the imposing of mānatta (discipline) on one who is suspended is not effective. If he is restored again, the earlier granting of probation is just as it was for him: whatever probation is granted is properly granted, whoever does probation does probation thoroughly, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on that monk.
189 "This is a case, monks, where a monk who is undergoing mānatta (discipline) leaves the Order … is suspended for not giving up a wrong view. Monks, the undergoing of mānatta (discipline) for one who is suspended is not effective. If he is restored again, the earlier granting of probation is just as it was for him: whatever probation is granted is properly granted, whoever does probation does probation thoroughly, whatever mānatta (discipline) is imposed is properly imposed, whatever mānatta (discipline) is undergone is undergone thoroughly, it must be undergone for (any portion of time) remaining.
190 "This is a case, monks, where a monk who deserves rehabilitation leaves the Order … is suspended for not giving up a wrong view. Monks, rehabilitation of one who is suspended is not effective. If he is restored again, the earlier granting of probation is just as it was for him: whatever probation is granted is properly granted, whoever does probation does probation thoroughly, whatever mānatta (discipline) is imposed is properly imposed, whatever mānatta (discipline) is undergone is undergone thoroughly, that monk may be rehabilitated.
199 Concluded are the Forty Cases.
200 "This is a case, monks, where a monk, while doing probation, falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, those not concealed not being many. That monk should be sent back to the beginning. This is a case, monks, where a monk, while doing probation, falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, those concealed not being many. That monk should be sent back to the beginning and concurrent probation should be granted him on account of the earliest offence of the offences thus concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk, while doing probation, falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, those concealed as well as those not concealed not being many. That monk should be sent back to the beginning and concurrent probation should be granted him on account of the earliest offence of the offences thus concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk, while doing probation, falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, those not concealed being many … those concealed being many … those concealed as well as those not concealed being many … those not concealed not being many as well as being many … those concealed not being many as well as being many … those concealed as well as those not concealed not being many as well as being many. That monk should be sent back to the beginning and concurrent probation should be granted him on account of the earliest offence of the offences thus concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk who deserves mānatta (discipline) … who is undergoing mānatta (discipline) … who deserves rehabilitation meantime falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, those not concealed not being many … those concealed as well as those not concealed not being many and being many. That monk should be sent back to the beginning and concurrent probation should be granted him on account of the earliest offence of the offences thus concealed.
Concluded are the Thirty-six Cases.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk, having fallen into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, leaves the Order not having concealed them. He, being ordained again, does not conceal those offences. Monks, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed upon that monk.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk, having fallen into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, leaves the Order not having concealed them. He, on being ordained again, conceals those offences. Monks, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on that monk, having granted him probation on account of the set of offences thus later concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk, having fallen … leaves the Order having concealed them. He, on being ordained again, does not conceal those offences. Monks, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on that monk, having granted him probation on account of the set of offences thus earlier concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk, having fallen … leaves the Order, having concealed them. He, on being ordained again, conceals those offences. Monks, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on that monk, having granted him probation on account of the set of offences thus earlier and later concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order. His offences are both concealed and not concealed. He, having left the Order, on being ordained again, does not afterwards conceal those offences which formerly he concealed, afterwards he conceals those offences which formerly he did not conceal. Monks, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on that monk, having granted him probation on account of the set of offences thus earlier and later concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, … on being ordained again, does not afterwards conceal those offences which formerly he concealed, does not afterwards conceal those offences which formerly he did not conceal. Monks, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on that monk, having granted him probation on account of the set of offences thus earlier and later concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, … on being ordained again, afterwards conceals those offences which formerly he concealed, afterwards conceals those offences which formerly he did not conceal. Monks, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on that monk on account of the set of offences thus earlier and later concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order. He knows some to be offences, he does not know others to be offences. The offences which he knows to be offences he conceals, those offences which he does not know to be offences he does not conceal. He, having left the Order, on being ordained again, conceals those offences which earlier he had known, does not conceal those offences which later he had known, does not conceal those offences which earlier he had not known, does not conceal those offences which later he had known. Monks, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on that monk, having granted him probation on account of the set of offences thus earlier concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, … on being ordained again, does not conceal those offences, (although) knowing them, which formerly, knowing them he concealed, afterwards conceals those offences, knowing them, which formerly, not knowing them, he did not conceal. Monks, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on that monk, having granted him probation on account of the set of offences thus earlier and later concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, … on being ordained again, afterwards conceals those offences, knowing them, which formerly, knowing them he concealed, afterwards does not conceal those offences, knowing them, which formerly he did not conceal, not knowing them. Monks, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on this monk, having granted him probation on account of the set of offences thus earlier and later concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks … on being ordained again, afterwards conceals those offences, knowing them, which formerly, knowing them, he concealed; afterwards conceals those offences, knowing them, which formerly, not knowing them, he did not conceal. Monks, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on that monk, having granted him probation on account of the set of offences thus earlier and later concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order. He remembers some to be offences … = Kd.13.29.3">. Instead of he knows, knowing, not knowing, read he remembers, remembering, not remembering … thus earlier and later concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order. He is in no doubt as to some of the offences, he is in doubt as to others of the offences … thus earlier and later concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk, having fallen into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, becomes a novice … becomes mad … becomes unhinged in mind … this should be explained in detail as below. He comes to be in pain. His offences are concealed as well as unconcealed. He knows that some are offences, he does not know that others are offences. He remembers that some are offences, he does not remember that others are offences. He is in no doubt that some are offences, he is in doubt as to whether others are offences. He conceals those offences about which he is in no doubt, he does not conceal those offences about which he is in doubt. He comes to be in pain. Having come to be again not in pain, those offences which formerly he concealed because he was in no doubt, he afterwards does not conceal although he is in no doubt; those offences which formerly he did not conceal, being in doubt, he afterwards does not conceal although he is in doubt, those offences which formerly he concealed, being in no doubt, he afterwards does not conceal, being in no doubt, those offences which formerly he did not conceal, being in doubt, he afterwards conceals, not being in doubt, those offences which formerly he concealed, being in no doubt, he afterwards conceals, being in no doubt, those offences which formerly he did not conceal, being in doubt, he afterwards does not conceal, being in no doubt, those offences which formerly he concealed, being in no doubt, he afterwards conceals, being in no doubt, those offences which formerly he did not conceal, being in doubt, he afterwards conceals, being in no doubt. Monks, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on this monk, having granted him probation on account of the set of offences thus earlier as well as later concealed."
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk, while doing probation, having fallen into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, leaves the Order not having concealed them. On being ordained again, he does not conceal these offences. That monk should be sent back to the beginning.
1 "This is a case, monks … not having concealed them. On being ordained again, he conceals these offences. That monk should be sent back to the beginning and concurrent probation should be granted him on account on the earlier offences among the offences thus concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks … having concealed them. On being ordained again, he does not conceal these offences. That monk should be sent back to the beginning … thus concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, … having concealed them. On being ordained again, he conceals these offences. That monk should be sent back to the beginning … thus concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk, while doing probation, falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order. His offences are both concealed and not concealed. Having left the Order, he, on being ordained again, does not afterwards conceal those offences which formerly he concealed, does not afterwards conceal those offences which formerly he did not conceal. That monk should be sent back to the beginning and concurrent probation should be granted him on account of the earlier offences of the offences thus concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks … His offences are both concealed and not concealed. Having left the Order, he, on being ordained again, does not afterwards conceal those offences which formerly be concealed, afterwards conceals those offences which formerly he did not conceal. That monk should be sent back to the beginning … thus concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, … on being ordained again, afterwards conceals those offences which formerly he concealed, afterwards does not conceal those offences which formerly he did not conceal That monk should be sent back to the beginning … thus concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, … on being ordained again, afterwards conceals those offences which formerly he concealed, afterwards conceals those offences which formerly he did not conceal. That monk should be sent back to the beginning … thus concealed.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk, while doing probation, falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order. He knows some are offences, he does not know that others are offences … = Kd.13.29.3">, Kd.13.29.4">, Kd.13.30">. The penalty is always the same: that monk should be sent back to the beginning and concurrent probation granted him on account of the earlier offences of the offences thus concealed. …
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk deserving mānatta (discipline) … undergoing mānatta (discipline) … deserving rehabilitation, having meantime fallen into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, leaves the Order, not having concealed them … The one deserving mānatta (discipline) and the one undergoing mānatta (discipline) and the one deserving rehabilitation should be explained in detail similarly to the one doing probation.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk deserving rehabilitation, having meantime fallen into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, and not having concealed them, becomes a novice … becomes mad … becomes unhinged in mind … becomes afflicted by pain. His offences are both concealed and not concealed … = Kd.13.30"> … he afterwards conceals, being in no doubt. That monk should be sent back to the beginning and concurrent probation granted him on account of the earlier offences of the offences thus concealed.
"This is a case, monks, where a monk having fallen into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, not having concealed not many, not having concealed many, not having concealed one kind, not having concealed different kinds, not having concealed those of a like division, not having concealed those of the other division, not having concealed separate ones, not having concealed connected ones, leaves the Order.
1 "Two monks come to have fallen into an offence entailing a formal meeting of the Order. They come to be of the opinion that the offence is one entailing a formal meeting of the Order. One conceals it, the other does not conceal it. Whoever conceals it should be made to confess an offence of wrong-doing, and having granted him probation for as long as it was concealed, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on both.
1 "Two monks come to have fallen into an offence entailing a formal meeting of the Order. They are doubtful whether the offence is one entailing a formal meeting of the Order. One conceals it … as above … should be imposed on both.
1 "Two monks come to have fallen into an offence entailing a formal meeting of the Order. In regard to this offence they are of the opinion that it is a mixed offence. One conceals it … as above … should be imposed on both.
1 "Two monks come to have fallen into a mixed offence. In regard to this mixed offence they are of the opinion that it is an offence entailing a formal meeting of the Order. One conceals it … should be imposed on both.
1 "Two monks come to have fallen into a mixed offence. In regard to that mixed offence they are of the opinion that it is a mixed offence. One conceals it … should be imposed on both.
1 "Two monks come to have fallen into a slighter offence. In regard to this slighter offence they are of the opinion that it is an offence entailing a formal meeting of the Order. One conceals it, the other does not conceal it. Whoever conceals it should be made to confess an offence of wrong-doing and both should be dealt with according to the rule.
1 "Two monks come to have fallen into a slighter offence. In regard to this slighter offence they are of the opinion that it is a slighter offence. One conceals it … according to the rule.
1 "Two monks come to have fallen into an offence entailing a formal meeting of the Order. In regard to this offence entailing a formal meeting of the Order they are of the opinion that it is an offence entailing a formal meeting of the Order. It occurs to one, ‘I will tell about it,’ it occurs to the other, ‘I will not tell about it’. He conceals it during the first watch and he conceals it during the second watch and he conceals it during the third watch. If the offence is (still) concealed after the sun has risen, whoever conceals it should be made to confess an offence of wrong-doing, and having granted him probation for as long as it was concealed, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on both.
1 "Two monks come to have fallen into an offence entailing a formal meeting of the Order. In regard to this offence entailing a formal meeting of the Order they are of the opinion that it is an offence entailing a formal meeting of the Order. They go away, thinking, ‘We will tell about it.’ On the way, backsliding arises in one and he thinks, ‘I will not tell about it.’ He conceals it during the first watch and … he conceals it during the third watch. If the offence is (still) concealed after the sun has risen, … should be imposed on both.
1 "Two monks … They become mad, and later they, having become sane again, one conceals it the other does not conceal it. Whoever conceals it should be made to confess an offence of wrong-doing and, having granted him probation for as long as it was concealed, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on both.
1 "Two monks come to have fallen into an offence entailing a formal meeting of the Order. As the Pātimokkha is being recited, these speak thus: ‘Only now do we understand that the rule, as is said, is handed down in a clause, contained in a clause (and) comes up for recitation every half-month.’ In regard to that offence entailing a formal meeting of the Order they are of the opinion that it is an offence entailing a formal meeting of the Order. One conceals it, the other does not conceal it. Whoever conceals it should be made to confess an offence of wrong-doing, and having granted him probation for as long as it was concealed, mānatta (discipline) should be imposed on both.
"This is a case, monks, where a monk falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order: many and not many and of one kind and of different kinds and of a like division and of a different division and separate and connected. He asks the Order for concurrent probation on account of these offences. The Order grants him concurrent probation on account of these offences. While he is doing probation he falls into several intervening offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, many, not concealed. On account of the intervening offences, he asks the Order for sending back to the beginning. On account of the intervening offences the Order sends him back to the beginning by a (formal) act that is legally valid, irreversible, fit to stand, (but) it imposes mānatta (discipline) not by rule, it rehabilitates him not by rule. Monks, that monk is not pure in regard to those offences.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order: not many and many and of one kind and of different kinds and of a like division and of a different division and separate ones and connected ones. He asks the Order for concurrent probation on account of these offences. The Order grants him concurrent probation on account of these offences. While he is under probation, he meantime falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, not many, concealed … On account of the offences (fallen into) meantime, the Order sends him back to the beginning by a (formal) act that is legally valid, irreversible, fit to stand. It grants concurrent probation by rule, it imposes mānatta (discipline) not by rule, it rehabilitates him not by rule. Monks, that monk is not pure in regard to those offences.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order: not many … and connected ones. He asks the Order … While he is under probation, he meantime falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order: many, not concealed … many, concealed … many, concealed and not concealed I … not many and many, not concealed. On account of the offences (fallen into) meantime, he asks the Order for sending back to the beginning. On account of the offences (fallen into) meantime, the Order sends him back to the beginning by a (formal) act that is legally valid, irreversible, fit to stand. It grants concurrent probation by rule, it imposes mānatta (discipline) not by rule, it rehabilitates him not by rule. Monks, that monk is not pure in regard to those offences.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk … and connected ones. He asks the Order for concurrent probation on account of these offences. The Order grants him concurrent probation on account of these offences. While he is under probation, he meantime falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order: not many and many and concealed. On account of these offences (fallen into) meantime he asks the Order for sending back to the beginning. On account of these offences (fallen into) meantime the Order sends him back to the beginning by a (formal) act that is legally valid, irreversible, fit to stand. It grants him concurrent probation by rule, it imposes mānatta (discipline) not by rule, it rehabilitates him not by rule. Monks, that monk is not pure in regard to those offences.
1 "This is a case, monks, … and connected ones. On account of these offences, he asks the Order for concurrent probation. On account of these offences, the Order grants him concurrent probation. While he is under probation, he meantime falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order: not many and many and concealed and not concealed. On account of these offences (fallen into) meantime, he asks the Order for sending back to the beginning. On account of these offences (fallen into) meantime, the Order sends him back to the beginning by a (formal) act that is legally valid, irreversible, fit to stand. It grants concurrent probation by rule, it imposes mānatta (discipline) not by rule, it rehabilitates him not by rule. Monks, that monk is not pure in regard to those offences.
Told are the Nine Cases where (a Monk on being sent back to) the Beginning is Not Pure.
1 "This is a case, monks, where a monk falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order: not many and many … and separate ones and connected ones. On account of these offences he asks the Order for concurrent probation. On account of these offences, the Order grants him concurrent probation. While he is under probation, he meantime falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order: not many, not concealed. On account of these offences (fallen into) meantime he asks the Order for sending back to the beginning. On account of these offences (fallen into) meantime the Order sends him back to the beginning by a (formal) act that is not legally valid, reversible, not fit to stand, it imposes mānatta (discipline) by rule, it rehabilitates him by rule. Monks, that monk is not pure in regard to those offences.
1 "This is a case, monks, … While he is under probation he meantime falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order: not many and concealed and not concealed … not many, concealed … On account of these offences (fallen into) meantime the Order sends him back to the beginning by a (formal) act that is not legally valid, reversible, not fit to stand, it grants concurrent probation not by rule, imposes mānatta (discipline) by rule, it rehabilitates him by rule. Monks, that monk is not pure in regard to those offences.
1 "This is a case, monks, … While he is under probation he meantime falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order: not many, concealed. On account of these offences (fallen into) meantime he asks the Order for sending back to the beginning. On account of these offences (fallen into) meantime the Order sends him back to the beginning by a (formal) act that is not legally valid, reversible, not fit to stand. It grants him concurrent probation not by rule. He, thinking: ‘I am under probation’, meantime falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, not many, concealed. He, arrived at that stage, remembers among the earlier offences offences (fallen into) meantime, he remembers among the subsequent offence’s offences (fallen into) meantime. It occurs to him, ‘Now, I have fallen into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, not many and many … and separate ones and connected ones. On account of these offences I asked the Order for concurrent probation. On account of these offences the Order granted me concurrent probation. While I was under probation, I meantime fell into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, not many, concealed. So on account of these offences (fallen into) meantime, I asked the Order for sending back to the beginning. On account of these offences (fallen into) meantime, the Order sent me back to the beginning by a (formal) act that was not legally valid, reversible, not fit to stand. It granted concurrent probation not by rule. Then I, thinking ‘I am under probation,’ meantime fell into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, not many, concealed. Then I, arrived at this stage, remembered among the earlier offences offences fallen into meantime, I remembered among the subsequent offences offences fallen into meantime. Suppose that I, on account of those offences among the earlier offences, and on account of those offences among the subsequent offences, should ask the Order for sending back to the beginning by a (formal) act that is legally valid, irreversible, fit to stand, for concurrent probation by rule, for mānatta ( (discipline) by rule, for rehabilitation by rule?’ He asks the Order … The Order, on account of those offences among the earlier offences and on account of those offences among the subsequent offences, sends him back to the beginning by a (formal) act that is legally valid, irreversible, fit to stand, it grants concurrent probation by rule, it imposes mānatta (discipline) by rule, it rehabilitates him by rule. Monks, that monk is pure in regard to those offences.
1 "This is a case, monks, … This case is identical with the preceding, but instead of concealed read concealed and not concealed …
1 "This is a case, monks … While he is under probation, he meantime falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, many, not concealed, many, concealed … not many and many, not concealed. On account of the offences (fallen into) meantime he asks the Order for sending back to the beginning. On account of the offences (fallen into) meantime, the Order sends him back to the beginning by a (formal) act that is not legally valid, reversible, not fit to stand. It imposes mānatta (discipline) by rule, rehabilitates by rule. Monks, that monk is not pure in regard to those offences.
1 "This is a case, monks, … While he is under probation, he meantime falls into several offences entailing a formal meeting of the Order, not many and many, and concealed … not many and many and concealed and not concealed … On account of these offences (fallen into) meantime, the Order sends him back to the beginning by a (formal) act that is not legally valid, reversible, not fit to stand, it grants him concurrent probation not by rule, it imposes mānatta (discipline) by rule, it rehabilitates him by rule. Monks, that monk is not pure in regard to those offences.
1 "This is a case, monks … The two cases given here are identical with those specified in Kd.13.36.2">; instead of not many read many … Monks, that monk is pure in regard to those offences."
Told is the Third Section: that on Accumulation (of Offences).
This is its key:1 Not concealed, and one day, two days, three days, four days and five days,
and for a fortnight, ten days: the Great Sage speaks of an offence,
And slighter ones, leaving the Order, about ‘not many’, two monks there agree,
two are doubtful, are of the opinion that it is a mixed offence,
They are of the opinion that it is a heavier offence when it is a slighter one,
likewise of the opinion that it is a slighter one.
One conceals, and then about backsliding,and confessing for one who was mad, (sending back) to the beginning, he is pure.
The recitation is for the maintenance of true dhamma
among the teachers of the Vibhajja doctrines,
and who, dwellers in the Mahāvihāra, illuminate Tambapaṇṇidīpa.
1 tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbaṃ—
1.1 appaṭicchannamānatta
2 tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsangaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ, bhante, saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācāmi. ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. dutiyampi, sohaṃ, bhante, saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācāmi. ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. tatiyampi sohaṃ, bhante, saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācāmī’ti. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
3 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti.
4 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
5 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi— suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
6 tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi— suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
7 dinnaṃ saṇghena udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.2 appaṭicchannaabbhāna
8 so ciṇṇamānatto bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ ciṇṇamānatto. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ abbhetu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, abbhetabbo—
9 tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsangaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ, sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ, bhante, ciṇṇamānatto saṇghaṃ abbhānaṃ yācāmi.
10 ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ ciṇṇamānatto dutiyampi, bhante, saṇghaṃ abbhānaṃ yācāmi.
11 ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ ciṇṇamānatto tatiyampi, bhante, saṇghaṃ abbhānaṃ yācāmī’ti. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
12 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. so ciṇṇamānatto saṇghaṃ abbhānaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ abbheyya. esā ñatti.
13 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. so ciṇṇamānatto saṇghaṃ abbhānaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ abbheti. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno abbhānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
14 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi— suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. so ciṇṇamānatto saṇghaṃ abbhānaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ abbheti. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno abbhānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
15 tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi— suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. so ciṇṇamānatto saṇghaṃ abbhānaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ abbheti. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno abbhānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
16 abbhito saṇghena udāyī bhikkhu. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.3 ekāhappaṭicchannaparivāsa
17 tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ ekāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ ekāhappaṭicchannaṃ. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo—
18 tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsangaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ ekāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ, bhante, saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ yācāmī’ti. dutiyampi yācitabbo. tatiyampi yācitabbo. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
19 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ ekāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti.
20 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ ekāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
21 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
22 dinno saṇghena udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāso. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.4 ekāhappaṭicchannamānatta
23 so parivutthaparivāso bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ ekāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivutthaparivāso. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbaṃ—
24 tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā … pe … evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ ekāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ, bhante, parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācāmī’ti. dutiyampi yācitabbaṃ. tatiyampi yācitabbaṃ. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
25 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ ekāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. so parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti.
26 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ ekāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. so parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
27 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
28 dinnaṃ saṇghena udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.5 ekāhappaṭicchannaabbhāna
29 so ciṇṇamānatto bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ ekāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ ciṇṇamānatto. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ abbhetu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, abbhetabbo—
30 tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā … pe … evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ ekāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ, bhante, ciṇṇamānatto saṇghaṃ abbhānaṃ yācāmī’ti. dutiyampi yācitabbaṃ. tatiyampi yācitabbaṃ. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
31 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ ekāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. so parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. so ciṇṇamānatto saṇghaṃ abbhānaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ abbheyya. esā ñatti.
32 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ ekāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya ekāhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. so parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā ekāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. so ciṇṇamānatto saṇghaṃ abbhānaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ abbheti. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno abbhānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
33 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
34 abbhito saṇghena udāyī bhikkhu. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.6 pañcāhappaṭicchannaparivāsa
35 tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ dvīhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … tīhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … catūhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo—
36 tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsangaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ, bhante, saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ yācāmī’ti. dutiyampi yācitabbo. tatiyampi yācitabbo. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
37 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti.
38 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
39 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
40 dinno saṇghena udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāso. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.7 pārivāsikamūlāyapaṭikassanā
41 so parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassatu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, mūlāya paṭikassitabbo—
42 tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā … pe … evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ, bhante, saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācāmī’ti. dutiyampi yācitabbā. tatiyampi yācitabbā. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
43 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. so parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikasseyya. esā ñatti.
44 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. so parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassati. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanā, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
45 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
46 paṭikassito saṇghena udāyī bhikkhu antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanā. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.8 mānattārahamūlāyapaṭikassanā
47 so parivutthaparivāso mānattāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāciṃ. taṃ maṃ saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. sohaṃ parivutthaparivāso mānattāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassatu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, mūlāya paṭikassitabbo—
48 tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā … pe … evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … sohaṃ parivutthaparivāso mānattāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācāmī’ti. dutiyampi yācitabbā. tatiyampi yācitabbā. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
49 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … so parivutthaparivāso mānattāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikasseyya. esā ñatti.
50 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … so parivutthaparivāso mānattāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassati. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanā, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
51 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
52 paṭikassito saṇghena udāyī bhikkhu antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanā. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.9 tikāpattimānatta
53 so parivutthaparivāso bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … sohaṃ parivutthaparivāso. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbaṃ—
54 tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā … pe … evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ adāsi … pe … sohaṃ, bhante, parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācāmī’ti. dutiyampi yācitabbaṃ. tatiyampi yācitabbaṃ. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
55 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … so parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti.
56 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … so parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
57 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
58 dinnaṃ saṇghena udāyissa bhikkhuno tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.10 mānattacārikamūlāyapaṭikassanā
59 so mānattaṃ caranto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … sohaṃ mānattaṃ caranto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassitvā chārattaṃ mānattaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, mūlāya paṭikassitabbo— tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā … pe … evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … sohaṃ mānattaṃ caranto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ, bhante, saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācāmī’ti. dutiyampi yācitabbā. tatiyampi yācitabbā. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
60 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu … pe … mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikasseyya. esā ñatti … pe … paṭikassito saṇghena udāyī bhikkhu antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanā. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmīti.
61 evañca pana, bhikkhave, chārattaṃ mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ— tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā … pe … evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … sohaṃ mānattaṃ caranto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāciṃ. taṃ maṃ saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. sohaṃ, bhante, saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācāmī’ti.
62 dutiyampi yācitabbaṃ. tatiyampi yācitabbaṃ. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
63 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu … pe … chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti … pe …
64 dinnaṃ saṇghena udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.11 abbhānārahamūlāyapaṭikassanā
65 so ciṇṇamānatto abbhānāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … sohaṃ ciṇṇamānatto abbhānāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassitvā chārattaṃ mānattaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, mūlāya paṭikassitabbo … pe … .
66 evañca pana, bhikkhave, chārattaṃ mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ … pe … .
67 dinnaṃ saṇghena udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.12 mūlāyapaṭikassitaabbhāna68 so ciṇṇamānatto bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … sohaṃ ciṇṇamānatto. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ abbhetu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, abbhetabbo—
69 tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā … pe … evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāciṃ. taṃ maṃ saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. sohaṃ parivutthaparivāso mānattāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāciṃ. taṃ maṃ saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. sohaṃ parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ mānattaṃ caranto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāciṃ. taṃ maṃ saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ ciṇṇamānatto abbhānāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāciṃ. taṃ maṃ saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ, bhante, ciṇṇamānatto saṇghaṃ abbhānaṃ yācāmī’ti.
70 dutiyampi yācitabbaṃ. tatiyampi yācitabbaṃ. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
71 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya pañcāhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. so parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. so parivutthaparivāso mānattāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. so parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. so mānattaṃ caranto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. so ciṇṇamānatto abbhānāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ appaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā appaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. so ciṇṇamānatto saṇghaṃ abbhānaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ abbheyya. esā ñatti.
72 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … so ciṇṇamānatto saṇghaṃ abbhānaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ abbheti. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno abbhānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
73 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
74 abbhito saṇghena udāyī bhikkhu. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.13 pakkhappaṭicchannaparivāsa
75 tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ. so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo—
76 tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā … pe … evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ, bhante, saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ yācāmī’ti. dutiyampi yācitabbo. tatiyampi yācitabbo. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
77 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti.
78 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
79 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
80 dinno saṇghena udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāso. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.14 pakkhapārivāsikamūlāyapaṭikassana81 so parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti. bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassitvā purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, mūlāya paṭikassitabbo—
82 tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā … pe … evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ, bhante, saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācāmī’ti. dutiyampi yācitabbā. tatiyampi yācitabbā. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
83 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. so parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikasseyya. esā ñatti.
84 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. so parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassati. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanā, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
85 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
86 paṭikassito saṇghena udāyī bhikkhu antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanā. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.15 samodhānaparivāsa
87 "evañca pana, bhikkhave, purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo— tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā … pe … evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāciṃ. taṃ maṃ saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. sohaṃ, bhante, saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācāmī’ti.
88 dutiyampi yācitabbo. tatiyampi yācitabbo. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
89 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. so parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti.
90 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. so parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
91 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
92 dinno saṇghena udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.16 mānattārahamūlāyapaṭikassanādi
93 so parivutthaparivāso mānattāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … sohaṃ parivutthaparivāso mānattāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassitvā purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, mūlāya paṭikassitabbo … pe … .
94 evañca pana, bhikkhave, purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo … pe … deti … pe … .
95 dinno saṇghena udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.17 tikāpattimānatta96 so parivutthaparivāso bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … sohaṃ parivutthaparivāso. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbaṃ—
97 tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā … pe … evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … sohaṃ, bhante, parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācāmī’ti. dutiyampi yācitabbaṃ. tatiyampi yācitabbaṃ. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
98 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … so parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti.
99 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … so parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
100 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
101 dinnaṃ saṇghena udāyissa bhikkhuno tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.18 mānattacārikamūlāyapaṭikassanādi102 so mānattaṃ caranto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … sohaṃ mānattaṃ caranto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassitvā purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ datvā chārattaṃ mānattaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, mūlāya paṭikassitabbo … pe … .
103 evañca pana, bhikkhave, purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo … pe … .
104 evañca pana, bhikkhave, chārattaṃ mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ … pe … deti … pe … .
105 dinnaṃ saṇghena udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.19 abbhānārahamūlāyapaṭikassanādi106 so ciṇṇamānatto abbhānāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … sohaṃ ciṇṇamānatto abbhānāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassitvā purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ datvā chārattaṃ mānattaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, mūlāya paṭikassitabbo … pe … .
107 evañca pana, bhikkhave, purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo … pe … .
108 evañca pana, bhikkhave, chārattaṃ mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ … pe … deti … pe … .
109 dinnaṃ saṇghena udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
1.20 pakkhappaṭicchannaabbhāna110 so ciṇṇamānatto bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … sohaṃ ciṇṇamānatto. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ abbhetu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, abbhetabbo—
111 tena, bhikkhave, udāyinā bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā, ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsangaṃ karitvā, vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā, ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā, añjaliṃ paggahetvā, evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāciṃ. taṃ maṃ saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivutthaparivāso mānattāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāciṃ. taṃ maṃ saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ mānattaṃ caranto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāciṃ. taṃ maṃ saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ ciṇṇamānatto abbhānāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjiṃ sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāciṃ. taṃ maṃ saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ, bhante, ciṇṇamānatto saṇghaṃ abbhānaṃ yācāmī’ti.
112 dutiyampi yācitabbaṃ. tatiyampi yācitabbaṃ. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
113 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pakkhappaṭicchannāya pakkhaparivāsaṃ adāsi. so parivasanto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. so parivutthaparivāso mānattāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. so parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno tissannaṃ āpattīnaṃ chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. so mānattaṃ caranto antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. so parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. so ciṇṇamānatto abbhānāraho antarā ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pañcāhappaṭicchannaṃ. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya mūlāya paṭikassi. so saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. so parivutthaparivāso saṇghaṃ antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ yāci. saṇgho udāyissa bhikkhuno antarā ekissā āpattiyā sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā pañcāhappaṭicchannāya chārattaṃ mānattaṃ adāsi. so ciṇṇamānatto saṇghaṃ abbhānaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ abbheyya. esā ñatti.
114 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ udāyī bhikkhu ekaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pakkhappaṭicchannaṃ … pe … so ciṇṇamānatto saṇghaṃ abbhānaṃ yācati. saṇgho udāyiṃ bhikkhuṃ abbheti. yassāyasmato khamati udāyissa bhikkhuno abbhānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
115 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
116 abbhito saṇghena udāyī bhikkhu. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
2 2 parivāsa
2.1 agghasamodhānaparivāsa118 tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpanno hoti— ekā āpatti ekāhappaṭicchannā, ekā āpatti dvīhappaṭicchannā, ekā āpatti tīhappaṭicchannā, ekā āpatti catūhappaṭicchannā, ekā āpatti pañcāhappaṭicchannā, ekā āpatti chāhappaṭicchannā, ekā āpatti sattāhappaṭicchannā, ekā āpatti aṭṭhāhappaṭicchannā, ekā āpatti navāhappaṭicchannā, ekā āpatti dasāhappaṭicchannā. so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ— ekā āpatti ekāhappaṭicchannā … pe … ekā āpatti dasāhappaṭicchannā. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho tassa bhikkhuno tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ yā āpatti dasāhappaṭicchannā tassā agghena samodhānaparivāsaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo—
119 tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā … pe … evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ— ekā āpatti ekāhappaṭicchannā … pe … ekā āpatti dasāhappaṭicchannā. sohaṃ, bhante, saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ yā āpatti dasāhappaṭicchannā tassā agghena samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācāmī’ti. dutiyampi yācitabbo. tatiyampi yācitabbo. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
120 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajji— ekā āpatti ekāhappaṭicchannā … pe … ekā āpatti dasāhappaṭicchannā. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ yā āpatti dasāhappaṭicchannā tassā agghena samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ yā āpatti dasāhappaṭicchannā tassā agghena samodhānaparivāsaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti.
121 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajji— ekā āpatti ekāhappaṭicchannā … pe … ekā āpatti dasāhappaṭicchannā. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ yā āpatti dasāhappaṭicchannā tassā agghena samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. saṇgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ yā āpatti dasāhappaṭicchannā tassā agghena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ yā āpatti dasāhappaṭicchannā; tassā agghena samodhānaparivāsassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
122 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
123 dinno saṇghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ yā āpatti dasāhappaṭicchannā tassā agghena samodhānaparivāso. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
2.2 sabbacirappaṭicchannaagghasamodhāna
124 tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpanno hoti— ekā āpatti ekāhappaṭicchannā, dve āpattiyo dvīhappaṭicchannāyo, tisso āpattiyo tīhappaṭicchannāyo, catasso āpattiyo catūhappaṭicchannāyo, pañca āpattiyo pañcāhappaṭicchannāyo, cha āpattiyo chāhappaṭicchannāyo, satta āpattiyo sattāhappaṭicchannāyo, aṭṭha āpattiyo aṭṭhāhappaṭicchannāyo, nava āpattiyo navāhappaṭicchannāyo, dasa āpattiyo dasāhappaṭicchannāyo. so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ, ekā āpatti ekāhappaṭicchannā … pe … dasa āpattiyo dasāhappaṭicchannāyo. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho tassa bhikkhuno tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ yā āpattiyo sabbacirappaṭicchannāyo tāsaṃ agghena samodhānaparivāsaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo—
125 tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā … pe … evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ, ekā āpatti ekāhappaṭicchannā … pe … dasa āpattiyo dasāhappaṭicchannāyo. sohaṃ, bhante, saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ yā āpattiyo sabbacirappaṭicchannāyo tāsaṃ agghena samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācāmī’ti. dutiyampi yācitabbo. tatiyampi yācitabbo. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
126 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajji, ekā āpatti ekāhappaṭicchannā … pe … dasa āpattiyo dasāhappaṭicchannāyo. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ yā āpattiyo sabbacirappaṭicchannāyo tāsaṃ agghena samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ saṇgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ yā āpattiyo sabbacirappaṭicchannāyo tāsaṃ agghena samodhānaparivāsaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti.
127 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajji— ekā āpatti ekāhappaṭicchannā … pe … dasa āpattiyo dasāhappaṭicchannāyo. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ yā āpattiyo sabbacirappaṭicchannāyo tāsaṃ agghena samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. saṇgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ yā āpattiyo sabbacirappaṭicchannāyo tāsaṃ agghena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ yā āpattiyo sabbacirappaṭicchannāyo tāsaṃ agghena samodhānaparivāsassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
128 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
129 dinno saṇghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ yā āpattiyo sabbacirappaṭicchannāyo tāsaṃ agghena samodhānaparivāso. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’"ti.
2.3 dvemāsaparivāsa
130 tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpanno hoti dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa etadahosi— "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāci. tassa saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa me etadahosi— ‘ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan’ti. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa me parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— ‘yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan’"ti.
131 "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"’ti. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa me parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— ‘yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan’ti. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho tassa bhikkhuno itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo— so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa me etadahosi— ‘ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan’ti. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa me parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— ‘ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa me etadahosi—
132 "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa me parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa me etadahosi— ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa me parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— "yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. sohaṃ, bhante, saṇghaṃ itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācāmī’ti. tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā, ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsangaṃ karitvā, vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā, ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā, añjaliṃ paggahetvā, evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa me etadahosi—
133 dutiyampi yācitabbo. tatiyampi yācitabbo. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
134 "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāci. tassa saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa me etadahosi— ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa me parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— "yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. so saṇghaṃ itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti. ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajji dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa etadahosi—
135 "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāci. tassa saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa me etadahosi— ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa me parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— "yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. so saṇghaṃ itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. saṇgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajji dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa etadahosi—
136 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
137 dinno saṇghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāso. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’ti. tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tadupādāya dve māsā parivasitabbā.
2.4 dvemāsāparivasitabbavidhi138 "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa me parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— "yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"’ti. so saṇghaṃ itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ deti. tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tadupādāya dve māsā parivasitabbā. idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa evaṃ hoti— ‘ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan’ti. so saṇghaṃ ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho ekissā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ deti. tassa parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— ‘ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa me etadahosi—
139 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ekaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti. so saṇghaṃ yaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, tassā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tassā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto itarampi āpattiṃ jānāti. tassa evaṃ hoti— ‘ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekaṃ āpattiṃ jāniṃ, ekaṃ āpattiṃ na jāniṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ yaṃ āpattiṃ jāniṃ tassā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho tassā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto itarampi āpattiṃ jānāmi. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan’ti. so saṇghaṃ itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ deti. tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tadupādāya dve māsā parivasitabbā.
140 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekaṃ āpattiṃ sarati, ekaṃ āpattiṃ nassarati. so saṇghaṃ yaṃ āpattiṃ sarati, tassā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tassā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto itarampi āpattiṃ sarati. tassa evaṃ hoti— ‘ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekaṃ āpattiṃ sariṃ, ekaṃ āpattiṃ nassariṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ yaṃ āpattiṃ sariṃ, tassā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho tassā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto itarampi āpattiṃ sarāmi. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan’ti. so saṇghaṃ itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ deti. tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tadupādāya dve māsā parivasitabbā.
141 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekāya āpattiyā nibbematiko, ekāya āpattiyā vematiko. so saṇghaṃ yāya āpattiyā nibbematiko, tassā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tassā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto itarissāpi āpattiyā nibbematiko hoti. tassa evaṃ hoti— ‘ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekāya āpattiyā nibbematiko, ekāya āpattiyā vematiko. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ yāya āpattiyā nibbematiko tassā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho tassā āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto itarissāpi āpattiyā nibbematiko. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan’ti. so saṇghaṃ itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho itarissāpi āpattiyā dvemāsappaṭicchannāya dvemāsaparivāsaṃ deti. tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tadupādāya dve māsā parivasitabbā.
142 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekā āpatti jānappaṭicchannā, ekā āpatti ajānappaṭicchannā. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ deti. tassa parivasantassa añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. so evaṃ vadeti— ‘kiṃ ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āpanno? kissāyaṃ bhikkhu parivasatī’ti? te evaṃ vadenti— ‘ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajji dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekā āpatti jānappaṭicchannā, ekā āpatti ajānappaṭicchannā. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tāyo ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āpanno, tāsāyaṃ bhikkhu parivasatī’ti. so evaṃ vadeti— ‘yāyaṃ, āvuso, āpatti jānappaṭicchannā, dhammikaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsadānaṃ; dhammattā ruhati. yā ca khvāyaṃ, āvuso, āpatti ajānappaṭicchannā, adhammikaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsadānaṃ; adhammattā na ruhati. ekissā, āvuso, āpattiyā bhikkhu mānattāraho’ti.
143 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekā āpatti saramānappaṭicchannā, ekā āpatti assaramānappaṭicchannā. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ deti. tassa parivasantassa añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. so evaṃ vadeti— ‘kiṃ ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āpanno? kissāyaṃ bhikkhu parivasatī’ti? te evaṃ vadenti— ‘ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajji dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekā āpatti saramānappaṭicchannā, ekā āpatti assaramānappaṭicchannā. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāci. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tāyo ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āpanno; tāsāyaṃ bhikkhu parivasatī’ti. so evaṃ vadeti— ‘yāyaṃ, āvuso, āpatti saramānappaṭicchannā dhammikaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsadānaṃ; dhammattā ruhati. yā ca khvāyaṃ, āvuso, āpatti assaramānappaṭicchannā, adhammikaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsadānaṃ; adhammattā na ruhati. ekissā, āvuso, āpattiyā bhikkhu mānattāraho’ti.
144 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekā āpatti nibbematikappaṭicchannā, ekā āpatti vematikappaṭicchannā. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ deti. tassa parivasantassa añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. so evaṃ vadeti— ‘kiṃ ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āpanno? kissāyaṃ bhikkhu parivasatī’ti? te evaṃ vadenti— ‘ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajji dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekā āpatti nibbematikappaṭicchannā, ekā āpatti vematikappaṭicchannā. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāci. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tāyo ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āpanno; tāsāyaṃ bhikkhu parivasatī’ti. so evaṃ vadeti— ‘yāyaṃ, āvuso, āpatti nibbematikappaṭicchannā, dhammikaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsadānaṃ; dhammattā ruhati. yā ca khvāyaṃ, āvuso, āpatti vematikappaṭicchannā adhammikaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsadānaṃ; adhammattā na ruhati. ekissā, āvuso, āpattiyā bhikkhu mānattāraho’"ti.
145 tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpanno hoti dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa etadahosi— "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāci. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa me etadahosi— ‘ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan’ti. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa me parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti.
146 "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"’ti. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa me parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— ‘yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yāceyyan’ti. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho tassa bhikkhuno dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo— so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ kho, āvuso, dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa me etadahosi— ‘ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan’ti. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa me parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— ‘ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa me etadahosi—
147 "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa me parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa me etadahosi— ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa me parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— "yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. sohaṃ, bhante, saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yācāmī’ti. dutiyampi yācitabbo. tatiyampi yācitabbo. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo— tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā … pe … evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa me etadahosi—
148 "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāci. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa me etadahosi— ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo— "yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa me parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami. "yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti. ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajji dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa etadahosi—
149 "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāci. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa me etadahosi— ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa me parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— "yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yācati. saṇgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajji dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa etadahosi—
150 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
151 dinno saṇghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāso. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’ti.
152 tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā purimaṃ upādāya dve māsā parivasitabbā.
153 "ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tassa me parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— "yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yāceyyan"ti. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ deti. tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā purimaṃ upādāya dve māsā parivasitabbā. idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa evaṃ hoti— ‘ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yāceyyan’ti. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ ekamāsaparivāsaṃ deti. tassa parivasantassa lajjīdhammo okkami— ‘ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. tassa me etadahosi—
154 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekaṃ māsaṃ jānāti, ekaṃ māsaṃ na jānāti. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ yaṃ māsaṃ jānāti taṃ māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ yaṃ māsaṃ jānāti taṃ māsaṃ parivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto itarampi māsaṃ jānāti. tassa evaṃ hoti— ‘ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekaṃ māsaṃ jāniṃ, ekaṃ māsaṃ na jāniṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ yaṃ māsaṃ jāniṃ taṃ māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ yaṃ māsaṃ jāniṃ taṃ māsaṃ parivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto itarampi māsaṃ jānāmi. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yāceyyan’ti. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ deti. tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā purimaṃ upādāya dve māsā parivasitabbā.
155 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekaṃ māsaṃ sarati, ekaṃ māsaṃ nassarati. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ yaṃ māsaṃ sarati taṃ māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ yaṃ māsaṃ sarati taṃ māsaṃ parivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto itarampi māsaṃ sarati. tassa evaṃ hoti— ‘ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekaṃ māsaṃ sariṃ, ekaṃ māsaṃ nassariṃ. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ yaṃ māsaṃ sariṃ taṃ māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ yaṃ māsaṃ sariṃ taṃ māsaṃ parivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto itarampi māsaṃ sarāmi. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yāceyyan’ti. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ deti. tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā purimaṃ upādāya dve māsā parivasitabbā.
156 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekaṃ māsaṃ nibbematiko, ekaṃ māsaṃ vematiko. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ yaṃ māsaṃ nibbematiko taṃ māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ yaṃ māsaṃ nibbematiko taṃ māsaṃ parivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto itarampi māsaṃ nibbematiko hoti. tassa evaṃ hoti— ‘ahaṃ kho dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; ekaṃ māsaṃ nibbematiko, ekaṃ māsaṃ vematiko. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ yaṃ māsaṃ nibbematiko taṃ māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchānnānaṃ yaṃ māsaṃ nibbematiko taṃ māsaṃ parivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto itarampi māsaṃ nibbematiko. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yāceyyan’ti. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ itarampi māsaṃ parivāsaṃ deti. tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā purimaṃ upādāya dve māsā parivasitabbā.
157 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; eko māso jānappaṭicchanno, eko māso ajānappaṭicchanno. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ deti. tassa parivasantassa añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. so evaṃ vadeti— ‘kiṃ ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āpanno? kissāyaṃ bhikkhu parivasatī’ti? te evaṃ vadenti— ‘ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajji dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo. eko māso jānappaṭicchanno, eko māso ajānappaṭicchanno. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāci. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tāyo ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āpanno tāsāyaṃ bhikkhu parivasatī’ti. so evaṃ vadeti— ‘yvāyaṃ, āvuso, māso jānappaṭicchanno dhammikaṃ tassa māsassa parivāsadānaṃ; dhammattā ruhati. yo ca khvāyaṃ, āvuso, māso ajānappaṭicchanno adhammikaṃ tassa māsassa parivāsadānaṃ; adhammattā na ruhati. ekassa, āvuso, māsassa bhikkhu mānattāraho’ti.
158 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; eko māso saramānappaṭicchanno, eko māso assaramānappaṭicchanno. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ deti. tassa parivasantassa añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. so evaṃ vadeti— ‘kiṃ ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āpanno? kissāyaṃ bhikkhu parivasatī’ti? te evaṃ vadenti— ‘ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajji dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; eko māso saramānappaṭicchanno, eko māso assaramānappaṭicchanno. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāci. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tāyo ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āpanno tāsāyaṃ bhikkhu parivasatī’ti. so evaṃ vadeti— ‘yvāyaṃ, āvuso, māso saramānappaṭicchanno dhammikaṃ tassa māsassa parivāsadānaṃ; dhammattā ruhati. yo ca khvāyaṃ, āvuso, māso assaramānappaṭicchanno adhammikaṃ tassa māsassa parivāsadānaṃ; adhammattā na ruhati. ekassa, āvuso, māsassa bhikkhu mānattāraho’ti.
159 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; eko māso nibbematikappaṭicchanno, eko māso vematikappaṭicchanno. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ deti. tassa parivasantassa añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. so evaṃ vadeti— ‘kiṃ ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āpanno? kissāyaṃ bhikkhu parivasatī’ti? te evaṃ vadenti— ‘ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu dve saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajji dvemāsappaṭicchannāyo; eko māso nibbematikappaṭicchanno, eko māso vematikappaṭicchanno. so saṇghaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ yāci. tassa saṇgho dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ dvemāsappaṭicchannānaṃ dvemāsaparivāsaṃ adāsi. tāyo ayaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āpanno tāsāyaṃ bhikkhu parivasatī’ti. so evaṃ vadeti— ‘yvāyaṃ, āvuso, māso nibbematikappaṭicchanno dhammikaṃ tassa māsassa parivāsadānaṃ; dhammattā ruhati. yo ca khvāyaṃ, āvuso, māso vematikappaṭicchanno adhammikaṃ tassa māsassa parivāsadānaṃ; adhammattā na ruhati. ekassa, āvuso, māsassa bhikkhu mānattāraho’"ti.
2.5 suddhantaparivāsa160 tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpanno hoti. so āpattipariyantaṃ na jānāti; rattipariyantaṃ na jānāti; āpattipariyantaṃ nassarati, rattipariyantaṃ nassarati; āpattipariyante vematiko, rattipariyante vematiko. so bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi— "ahaṃ, āvuso, sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ; āpattipariyantaṃ na jānāmi, rattipariyantaṃ na jānāmi; āpattipariyantaṃ nassarāmi, rattipariyantaṃ nassarāmi; āpattipariyante vematiko, rattipariyante vematiko. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban"ti? bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. "tena hi, bhikkhave, saṇgho tassa bhikkhuno tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ suddhantaparivāsaṃ detu. evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo—
161 tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā saṇghaṃ upasankamitvā … pe … evamassa vacanīyo— ‘ahaṃ, bhante, sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ. āpattipariyantaṃ na jānāmi, rattipariyantaṃ na jānāmi; āpattipariyantaṃ nassarāmi, rattipariyantaṃ nassarāmi; āpattipariyante vematiko, rattipariyante vematiko. sohaṃ, bhante, saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ suddhantaparivāsaṃ yācāmī’ti. dutiyampi yācitabbo. tatiyampi yācitabbo. byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṇgho ñāpetabbo—
162 ‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajji. āpattipariyantaṃ na jānāti, rattipariyantaṃ na jānāti; āpattipariyantaṃ nassarati, rattipariyantaṃ nassarati; āpattipariyante vematiko, rattipariyante vematiko. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ suddhantaparivāsaṃ yācati. yadi saṇghassa pattakallaṃ, saṇgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ suddhantaparivāsaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti.
163 suṇātu me, bhante, saṇgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajji. āpattipariyantaṃ na jānāti, rattipariyantaṃ na jānāti; āpattipariyantaṃ nassarati, rattipariyantaṃ nassarati; āpattipariyante vematiko, rattipariyante vematiko. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ suddhantaparivāsaṃ yācati. saṇgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ suddhantaparivāsaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ suddhantaparivāsassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
164 dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi … pe … .
165 dinno saṇghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ suddhantaparivāso. khamati saṇghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’ti.
166 evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, suddhantaparivāso dātabbo; evaṃ parivāso dātabbo. kathañca, bhikkhave, suddhantaparivāso dātabbo? āpattipariyantaṃ na jānāti, rattipariyantaṃ na jānāti; āpattipariyantaṃ nassarati, rattipariyantaṃ nassarati; āpattipariyante vematiko, rattipariyante vematiko— suddhantaparivāso dātabbo.
167 āpattipariyantaṃ jānāti, rattipariyantaṃ na jānāti; āpattipariyantaṃ sarati, rattipariyantaṃ nassarati; āpattipariyante nibbematiko, rattipariyante vematiko— suddhantaparivāso dātabbo.
168 āpattipariyantaṃ ekaccaṃ jānāti, ekaccaṃ na jānāti, rattipariyantaṃ na jānāti; āpattipariyantaṃ ekaccaṃ sarati, ekaccaṃ nassarati, rattipariyantaṃ nassarati; āpattipariyante ekacce vematiko, ekacce nibbematiko, rattipariyante vematiko— suddhantaparivāso dātabbo.
169 āpattipariyantaṃ na jānāti, rattipariyantaṃ ekaccaṃ jānāti, ekaccaṃ na jānāti; āpattipariyantaṃ nassarati, rattipariyantaṃ ekaccaṃ sarati, ekaccaṃ nassarati; āpattipariyante vematiko, rattipariyante ekacce vematiko, ekacce nibbematiko— suddhantaparivāso dātabbo.
170 āpattipariyantaṃ jānāti, rattipariyantaṃ ekaccaṃ jānāti, ekaccaṃ na jānāti; āpattipariyantaṃ sarati, rattipariyantaṃ ekaccaṃ sarati, ekaccaṃ nassarati; āpattipariyante nibbematiko, rattipariyante ekacce vematiko, ekacce nibbematiko— suddhantaparivāso dātabbo.
171 āpattipariyantaṃ ekaccaṃ jānāti, ekaccaṃ na jānāti; rattipariyantaṃ ekaccaṃ jānāti, ekaccaṃ na jānāti; āpattipariyantaṃ ekaccaṃ sarati, ekaccaṃ nassarati; rattipariyantaṃ ekaccaṃ sarati, ekaccaṃ nassarati; āpattipariyante ekacce vematiko, ekacce nibbematiko; rattipariyante ekacce vematiko, ekacce nibbematiko— suddhantaparivāso dātabbo. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, suddhantaparivāso dātabbo.
172 kathañca, bhikkhave, parivāso dātabbo? āpattipariyantaṃ jānāti, rattipariyantaṃ jānāti; āpattipariyantaṃ sarati, rattipariyantaṃ sarati; āpattipariyante nibbematiko, rattipariyante nibbematiko— parivāso dātabbo.
173 āpattipariyantaṃ na jānāti, rattipariyantaṃ jānāti; āpattipariyantaṃ nassarati, rattipariyantaṃ sarati, āpattipariyante vematiko, rattipariyante nibbematiko— parivāso dātabbo.
174 āpattipariyantaṃ ekaccaṃ jānāti, ekaccaṃ na jānāti, rattipariyantaṃ jānāti; āpattipariyantaṃ ekaccaṃ sarati, ekaccaṃ nassarati, rattipariyantaṃ sarati; āpattipariyante ekacce vematiko, ekacce nibbematiko, rattipariyante nibbematiko— parivāso dātabbo. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, parivāso dātabbo".
3 cattālīsaka
176 tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu parivasanto vibbhami. so puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yāci. bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
177 "idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto vibbhamati. vibbhantakassa, bhikkhave, parivāso na ruhati. so ce puna upasampajjati, tassa tadeva purimaṃ parivāsadānaṃ. yo parivāso dinno sudinno, yo parivuttho suparivuttho, avaseso parivasitabbo. (1)
178 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto sāmaṇero hoti. sāmaṇerassa, bhikkhave, parivāso na ruhati. so ce puna upasampajjati, tassa tadeva purimaṃ parivāsadānaṃ. yo parivāso dinno sudinno, yo parivuttho suparivuttho, avaseso parivasitabbo. (2)
179 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto ummattako hoti. ummattakassa, bhikkhave, parivāso na ruhati. so ce puna anummattako hoti, tassa tadeva purimaṃ parivāsadānaṃ. yo parivāso dinno sudinno, yo parivuttho suparivuttho, avaseso parivasitabbo. (3)
180 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto khittacitto hoti. khittacittassa, bhikkhave, parivāso na ruhati. so ce puna akhittacitto hoti, tassa tadeva purimaṃ parivāsadānaṃ. yo parivāso dinno sudinno, yo parivuttho suparivuttho, avaseso parivasitabbo. (4)
181 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto vedanāṭṭo hoti. vedanāṭṭassa, bhikkhave, parivāso na ruhati. so ce puna avedanāṭṭo hoti, tassa tadeva purimaṃ parivāsadānaṃ. yo parivāso dinno sudinno, yo parivuttho suparivuttho, avaseso parivasitabbo. (5)
182 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto, āpattiyā adassane, ukkhipiyyati. ukkhittakassa, bhikkhave, parivāso na ruhati. so ce puna osāriyyati, tassa tadeva purimaṃ parivāsadānaṃ. yo parivāso dinno sudinno, yo parivuttho suparivuttho, avaseso parivasitabbo. (6)
183 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto, āpattiyā appaṭikamme, ukkhipiyyati. ukkhittakassa, bhikkhave, parivāso na ruhati. so ce puna osāriyyati, tassa tadeva purimaṃ parivāsadānaṃ. yo parivāso dinno sudinno, yo parivuttho suparivuttho, avaseso parivasitabbo. (7)
184 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto, pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā, appaṭinissagge, ukkhipiyyati. ukkhittakassa, bhikkhave, parivāso na ruhati. so ce puna osāriyyati, tassa tadeva purimaṃ parivāsadānaṃ. yo parivāso dinno sudinno, yo parivuttho suparivuttho, avaseso parivasitabbo. (8)
185 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho vibbhamati. vibbhantakassa, bhikkhave, mūlāyapaṭikassanā na ruhati. so ce puna upasampajjati, tassa tadeva purimaṃ parivāsadānaṃ. yo parivāso dinno sudinno, yo parivuttho suparivuttho. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. (9)
186 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho sāmaṇero hoti … pe … ummattako hoti … pe … khittacitto hoti … pe … vedanāṭṭo hoti … pe … āpattiyā adassane ukkhipiyyati … pe … āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhipiyyati … pe … pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā, appaṭinissagge, ukkhipiyyati. ukkhittakassa, bhikkhave, mūlāyapaṭikassanā na ruhati. so ce puna osāriyyati, tassa tadeva purimaṃ parivāsadānaṃ. yo parivāso dinno sudinno, yo parivuttho suparivuttho. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. (16)
187 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mānattāraho vibbhamati. vibbhantakassa, bhikkhave, mānattadānaṃ na ruhati. so ce puna upasampajjati, tassa tadeva purimaṃ parivāsadānaṃ. yo parivāso dinno sudinno, yo parivuttho suparivuttho. tassa bhikkhuno mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (17)
188 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mānattāraho sāmaṇero hoti … pe … ummattako hoti … pe … khittacitto hoti … pe … vedanāṭṭo hoti … pe … āpattiyā adassane, ukkhipiyyati … pe … āpattiyā appaṭikamme, ukkhipiyyati … pe … pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā, appaṭinissagge, ukkhipiyyati. ukkhittakassa, bhikkhave, mānattadānaṃ na ruhati. so ce puna osāriyyati, tassa tadeva purimaṃ parivāsadānaṃ. yo parivāso dinno sudinno, yo parivuttho suparivuttho. tassa bhikkhuno mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (24)
189 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mānattaṃ caranto vibbhamati. vibbhantakassa, bhikkhave, mānattacariyā na ruhati. so ce puna upasampajjati tassa tadeva purimaṃ parivāsadānaṃ. yo parivāso dinno sudinno, yo parivuttho suparivuttho; yaṃ mānattaṃ dinnaṃ sudinnaṃ, yaṃ mānattaṃ ciṇṇaṃ suciṇṇaṃ, avasesaṃ caritabbaṃ. (25)
190 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mānattaṃ caranto sāmaṇero hoti … pe … ummattako hoti … pe … khittacitto hoti … pe … vedanāṭṭo hoti … pe … āpattiyā adassane, ukkhipiyyati … pe … āpattiyā appaṭikamme, ukkhipiyyati … pe … pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā, appaṭinissagge, ukkhipiyyati. ukkhittakassa, bhikkhave, mānattacariyā na ruhati. so ce puna osāriyyati, tassa tadeva purimaṃ parivāsadānaṃ. yo parivāso dinno sudinno, yo purivuttho suparivuttho; yaṃ mānattaṃ dinnaṃ sudinnaṃ, yaṃ mānattaṃ ciṇṇaṃ suciṇṇaṃ, avasesaṃ caritabbaṃ. (32)
191 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abbhānāraho vibbhamati. vibbhantakassa, bhikkhave, abbhānaṃ na ruhati. so ce puna upasampajjati, tassa tadeva purimaṃ parivāsadānaṃ. yo parivāso dinno sudinno, yo parivuttho suparivuttho; yaṃ mānattaṃ dinnaṃ sudinnaṃ, yaṃ mānattaṃ ciṇṇaṃ suciṇṇaṃ. so bhikkhu abbhetabbo. (33)
192 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abbhānāraho sāmaṇero hoti … pe … ummattako hoti … pe … khittacitto hoti … pe … vedanāṭṭo hoti … pe … āpattiyā adassane, ukkhipiyyati … pe … āpattiyā appaṭikamme, ukkhipiyyati … pe … pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā, appaṭinissagge, ukkhipiyyati. ukkhittakassa, bhikkhave, abbhānaṃ na ruhati. so ce puna osāriyyati, tassa tadeva purimaṃ parivāsadānaṃ. yo parivāso dinno sudinno, yo parivuttho suparivuttho; yaṃ mānattaṃ dinnaṃ sudinnaṃ, yaṃ mānattaṃ ciṇṇaṃ suciṇṇaṃ. so bhikkhu abbhetabbo. (40)
4 chattiṃsaka194 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇā appaṭicchannāyo. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. (1)
195 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇā paṭicchannāyo. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (2)
196 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇā paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (3)
197 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati aparimāṇā appaṭicchannāyo … pe … aparimāṇā paṭicchannāyo … pe … aparimāṇā paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi … pe … parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi appaṭicchannāyo … pe … parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi paṭicchannāyo … pe … parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (9)
198 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mānattāraho … pe … mānattaṃ caranto … pe … (yathāparivāsaṃ tathā vitthāretabbaṃ) abbhānāraho antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā, āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇā appaṭicchannāyo … pe … parimāṇā paṭicchannāyo … pe … parimāṇā paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi … pe … aparimāṇā appaṭicchannāyo … pe … aparimāṇā paṭicchannāyo … pe … aparimāṇā paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi … pe … parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi appaṭicchannāyo … pe … parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi paṭicchannāyo … pe … parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (36)
5 mānattasata
200 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjitvā appaṭicchādetvā vibbhamati. so puna upasampanno tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (1)
201 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjitvā appaṭicchādetvā vibbhamati. so puna upasampanno tā āpattiyo chādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimasmiṃ āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (2)
202 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjitvā paṭicchādetvā vibbhamati. so puna upasampanno tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiṃ āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (3)
203 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjitvā paṭicchādetvā vibbhamati. so puna upasampanno tā āpattiyo chādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiñca pacchimasmiñca āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (4)
204 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. tassa honti āpattiyo paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nacchādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiṃ āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (5)
205 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. tassa honti āpattiyo paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā chādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiñca pacchimasmiñca āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (6)
206 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. tassa honti āpattiyo paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nacchādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiñca pacchimasmiñca āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (7)
207 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. tassa honti āpattiyo paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā chādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiñca pacchimasmiñca āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (8)
208 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccā āpattiyo jānāti, ekaccā āpattiyo na jānāti. yā āpattiyo jānāti tā āpattiyo chādeti. yā āpattiyo na jānāti tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe jānitvā chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā jānitvā nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe ajānitvā nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā jānitvā nacchādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiṃ āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (9)
209 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccā āpattiyo jānāti, ekaccā āpattiyo na jānāti. yā āpattiyo jānāti tā āpattiyo chādeti. yā āpattiyo na jānāti tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe jānitvā chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā jānitvā nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe ajānitvā nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā jānitvā chādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiñca pacchimasmiñca āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (10)
210 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccā āpattiyo jānāti, ekaccā āpattiyo na jānāti. yā āpattiyo jānāti tā āpattiyo chādeti. yā āpattiyo na jānāti tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe jānitvā chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā jānitvā chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe ajānitvā nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā jānitvā nacchādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiñca pacchimasmiñca āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (11)
211 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccā āpattiyo jānāti, ekaccā āpattiyo na jānāti. yā āpattiyo jānāti tā āpattiyo chādeti; yā āpattiyo na jānāti tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe jānitvā chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā jānitvā chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe ajānitvā nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā jānitvā chādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiñca pacchimasmiñca āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (12)
212 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccā āpattiyo sarati, ekaccā āpattiyo nassarati. yā āpattiyo sarati tā āpattiyo chādeti; yā āpattiyo nassarati tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe saritvā chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā saritvā nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe assaritvā nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā saritvā nacchādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiṃ āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (13)
213 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccā āpattiyo sarati, ekaccā āpattiyo nassarati. yā āpattiyo sarati tā āpattiyo chādeti; yā āpattiyo nassarati tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe saritvā chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā saritvā nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe assaritvā nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā saritvā chādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiñca pacchimasmiñca āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (14)
214 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccā āpattiyo sarati, ekaccā āpattiyo nassarati. yā āpattiyo sarati tā āpattiyo chādeti; yā āpattiyo nassarati tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe saritvā chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā saritvā chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe assaritvā nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā saritvā nacchādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiñca pacchimasmiñca āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (15)
215 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccā āpattiyo sarati, ekaccā āpattiyo nassarati. yā āpattiyo sarati tā āpattiyo chādeti; yā āpattiyo nassarati tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe saritvā chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā saritvā chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe assaritvā nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā saritvā chādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiñca pacchimasmiñca āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (16)
216 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko, ekaccāsu āpattīsu vematiko. yāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko tā āpattiyo chādeti; yāsu āpattīsu vematiko tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiṃ āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (17)
217 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko, ekaccāsu āpattīsu vematiko. yāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko tā āpattiyo chādeti; yāsu āpattīsu vematiko tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiñca pacchimasmiñca āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (18)
218 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko, ekaccāsu āpattīsu vematiko. yāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko tā āpattiyo chādeti; yāsu āpattīsu vematiko tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiñca pacchimasmiñca āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (19)
219 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko, ekaccāsu āpattīsu vematiko. yāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko tā āpattiyo chādeti; yāsu āpattīsu vematiko tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiñca pacchimasmiñca āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (20)
220 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjitvā appaṭicchādetvā sāmaṇero hoti … pe … ummattako hoti … pe … khittacitto hoti … pe … (yathā heṭṭhā tathā vitthāretabbaṃ) vedanāṭṭo hoti … pe … tassa honti āpattiyo paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi … pe … ekaccā āpattiyo jānāti, ekaccā āpattiyo na jānāti … pe … ekaccā āpattiyo sarati, ekaccā āpattiyo nassarati … pe … ekaccāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko, ekaccāsu āpattīsu vematiko. yāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko tā āpattiyo chādeti; yāsu āpattīsu vematiko tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vedanāṭṭo hoti. so puna avedanāṭṭo hutvā yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti … pe … yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti … pe … yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti … pe … yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti. tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimasmiñca pacchimasmiñca āpattikkhandhe yathāpaṭicchanne parivāsaṃ datvā mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (100)
6 samūlāyasamodhānaparivāsacatussata222 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjitvā appaṭicchādetvā vibbhamati. so puna upasampanno tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. (1)
223 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjitvā appaṭicchādetvā vibbhamati. so puna upasampanno tā āpattiyo chādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (2)
224 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjitvā paṭicchādetvā vibbhamati. so puna upasampanno tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (3)
225 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjitvā paṭicchādetvā vibbhamati. so puna upasampanno tā āpattiyo chādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (4)
226 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. tassa honti āpattiyo paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nacchādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (5)
227 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. tassa honti āpattiyo paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā chādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (6)
228 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. tassa honti āpattiyo paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nacchādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (7)
229 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. tassa honti āpattiyo paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā chādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (8)
230 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccā āpattiyo jānāti, ekaccā āpattiyo na jānāti. yā āpattiyo jānāti tā āpattiyo chādeti; yā āpattiyo na jānāti tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe jānitvā chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā jānitvā nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe ajānitvā nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā jānitvā nacchādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (9)
231 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccā āpattiyo jānāti, ekaccā āpattiyo na jānāti. yā āpattiyo jānāti tā āpattiyo chādeti; yā āpattiyo na jānāti tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe jānitvā chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā jānitvā nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe ajānitvā nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā jānitvā chādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (10)
232 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccā āpattiyo jānāti, ekaccā āpattiyo na jānāti. yā āpattiyo jānāti tā āpattiyo chādeti; yā āpattiyo na jānāti tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe jānitvā chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā jānitvā chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe ajānitvā nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā jānitvā nacchādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (11)
233 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccā āpattiyo jānāti, ekaccā āpattiyo na jānāti. yā āpattiyo jānāti tā āpattiyo chādeti, yā āpattiyo na jānāti tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe jānitvā chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā jānitvā chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe ajānitvā nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā jānitvā chādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (12)
234 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccā āpattiyo sarati, ekaccā āpattiyo nassarati. yā āpattiyo sarati tā āpattiyo chādeti; yā āpattiyo nassarati tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe saritvā chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā saritvā nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe assaritvā nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā saritvā nacchādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (13)
235 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccā āpattiyo sarati, ekaccā āpattiyo nassarati. yā āpattiyo sarati tā āpattiyo chādeti; yā āpattiyo nassarati tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe saritvā chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā saritvā nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe assaritvā nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā saritvā chādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (14)
236 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccā āpattiyo sarati, ekaccā āpattiyo nassarati. yā āpattiyo sarati tā āpattiyo chādeti; yā āpattiyo nassarati tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe saritvā chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā saritvā chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe assaritvā nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā saritvā nacchādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (15)
237 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccā āpattiyo sarati, ekaccā āpattiyo nassarati. yā āpattiyo sarati tā āpattiyo chādeti; yā āpattiyo nassarati tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe saritvā chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā saritvā chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe assaritvā nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā saritvā chādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (16)
238 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko, ekaccāsu āpattīsu vematiko. yāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko tā āpattiyo chādeti; yāsu āpattīsu vematiko tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (17)
239 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko, ekaccāsu āpattīsu vematiko. yāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko tā āpattiyo chādeti; yāsu āpattīsu vematiko tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (18)
240 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko, ekaccāsu āpattīsu vematiko. yāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko tā āpattiyo chādeti; yāsu āpattīsu vematiko tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (19)
241 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati. ekaccāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko, ekaccāsu āpattīsu vematiko. yāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko tā āpattiyo chādeti; yāsu āpattīsu vematiko tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vibbhamitvā puna upasampanno yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (20)
242 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjitvā appaṭicchādetvā sāmaṇero hoti … pe … ummattako hoti … pe … khittacitto hoti … pe … vedanāṭṭo hoti … pe … tassa honti āpattiyo paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi (yathā heṭṭhā vitthāritaṃ tathā vitthāretabbaṃ) … pe … ekaccā āpattiyo jānāti, ekaccā āpattiyo na jānāti … pe … ekaccā āpattiyo sarati, ekaccā āpattiyo nassarati … pe … ekaccāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko, ekaccāsu āpattīsu vematiko. yāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko tā āpattiyo chādeti; yāsu āpattīsu vematiko tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vedanāṭṭo hoti. so puna avedanāṭṭo hutvā yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti … pe … yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti … pe … yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti … pe … yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (100)
243 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mānattāraho … pe … mānattaṃ caranto … pe … abbhānāraho antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjitvā appaṭicchādetvā vibbhamati … pe … (mānattāraho ca mānattacārī ca abbhānāraho ca yathā parivāso vitthārito tathā vitthāretabbo). (320)
244 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abbhānāraho antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjitvā appaṭicchādetvā sāmaṇero hoti … pe … ummattako hoti … pe … khittacitto hoti … pe … vedanāṭṭo hoti … pe … tassa honti āpattiyo paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi … pe … ekaccā āpattiyo jānāti, ekaccā āpattiyo na jānāti … pe … ekaccā āpattiyo sarati, ekaccā āpattiyo nassarati … pe … ekaccāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko, ekaccāsu āpattīsu vematiko. yāsu āpattīsu nibbematiko tā āpattiyo chādeti; yāsu āpattīsu vematiko tā āpattiyo nacchādeti. so vedanāṭṭo hoti. so puna avedanāṭṭo hutvā yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti … pe … yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti … pe … yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko nacchādeti … pe … yā āpattiyo pubbe nibbematiko chādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti; yā āpattiyo pubbe vematiko nacchādesi tā āpattiyo pacchā nibbematiko chādeti. so bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassitabbo. yathāpaṭicchannānañcassa āpattīnaṃ purimāya āpattiyā samodhānaparivāso dātabbo. (400)
245 samūlāyasamodhānaparivāsacatussataṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
7 parimāṇādivāraaṭṭhaka
246 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjitvā parimāṇā appaṭicchādetvā … pe … aparimāṇā appaṭicchādetvā … pe … ekanāmā appaṭicchādetvā … pe … nānānāmā appaṭicchādetvā … pe … sabhāgā appaṭicchādetvā … pe … visabhāgā appaṭicchādetvā … pe … vavatthitā appaṭicchādetvā … pe … sambhinnā appaṭicchādetvā vibbhamati … pe … (yathā heṭṭhā tathā vitthāretabbaṃ).
247 parimāṇādivāraaṭṭhakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
8 dvebhikkhuvāraekādasaka
248 dve bhikkhū saṇghādisesaṃ āpannā honti. te saṇghādisese saṇghādisesadiṭṭhino honti. eko chādeti, eko nacchādeti. yo chādeti so dukkaṭaṃ desāpetabbo. yathāpaṭicchanne cassa parivāsaṃ datvā ubhinnampi mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (1)
249 dve bhikkhū saṇghādisesaṃ āpannā honti. te saṇghādisese vematikā honti. eko chādeti, eko nacchādeti. yo chādeti so dukkaṭaṃ desāpetabbo. yathāpaṭicchanne cassa parivāsaṃ datvā ubhinnampi mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (2)
250 dve bhikkhū saṇghādisesaṃ āpannā honti. te saṇghādisese missakadiṭṭhino honti. eko chādeti, eko nacchādeti. yo chādeti so dukkaṭaṃ desāpetabbo. yathāpaṭicchanne cassa parivāsaṃ datvā ubhinnampi mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (3)
251 dve bhikkhū missakaṃ āpannā honti. te missake saṇghādisesadiṭṭhino honti. eko chādeti, eko nacchādeti. yo chādeti so dukkaṭaṃ desāpetabbo. yathāpaṭicchanne cassa parivāsaṃ datvā ubhinnampi mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (4)
252 dve bhikkhū missakaṃ āpannā honti. te missake missakadiṭṭhino honti. eko chādeti, eko nacchādeti. yo chādeti so dukkaṭaṃ desāpetabbo. yathāpaṭicchanne cassa parivāsaṃ datvā ubhinnampi mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (5)
253 dve bhikkhū suddhakaṃ āpannā honti. te suddhake saṇghādisesadiṭṭhino honti. eko chādeti, eko nacchādeti. yo chādeti so dukkaṭaṃ desāpetabbo. ubhopi yathādhammaṃ kārāpetabbā. (6)
254 dve bhikkhū suddhakaṃ āpannā honti. te suddhake suddhakadiṭṭhino honti. eko chādeti, eko nacchādeti. yo chādeti so dukkaṭaṃ desāpetabbo. ubhopi yathādhammaṃ kārāpetabbā. (7)
255 dve bhikkhū saṇghādisesaṃ āpannā honti. te saṇghādisese saṇghādisesadiṭṭhino honti. ekassa hoti ārocessāmīti, ekassa hoti na ārocessāmīti. so paṭhamampi yāmaṃ chādeti, dutiyampi yāmaṃ chādeti, tatiyampi yāmaṃ chādeti— uṭṭhite aruṇe channā hoti āpatti. yo chādeti so dukkaṭaṃ desāpetabbo. yathāpaṭicchanne cassa parivāsaṃ datvā ubhinnampi mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (8)
256 dve bhikkhū saṇghādisesaṃ āpannā honti. te saṇghādisese saṇghādisesadiṭṭhino honti. te gacchanti ārocessāmāti. ekassa antarāmagge makkhadhammo uppajjati na ārocessāmīti. so paṭhamampi yāmaṃ chādeti, dutiyampi yāmaṃ chādeti, tatiyampi yāmaṃ chādeti— uṭṭhite aruṇe channā hoti āpatti. yo chādeti so dukkaṭaṃ desāpetabbo. yathāpaṭicchanne cassa parivāsaṃ datvā ubhinnampi mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (9)
257 dve bhikkhū saṇghādisesaṃ āpannā honti. te saṇghādisese saṇghādisesadiṭṭhino honti. te ummattakā honti. te pacchā anummattakā hutvā eko chādeti, eko nacchādeti. yo chādeti so dukkaṭaṃ desāpetabbo. yathāpaṭicchanne cassa parivāsaṃ datvā ubhinnampi mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (10)
258 dve bhikkhū saṇghādisesaṃ āpannā honti. te pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vadanti— ‘idāneva kho mayaṃ jānāma— ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī’ti. te saṇghādisese saṇghādisesadiṭṭhino honti. eko chādeti, eko nacchādeti. yo chādeti so dukkaṭaṃ desāpetabbo. yathāpaṭicchanne cassa parivāsaṃ datvā ubhinnampi mānattaṃ dātabbaṃ. (11)
259 dvebhikkhuvāraekādasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
9 mūlāyaavisuddhinavaka260 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi, ekanāmampi nānānāmampi, sabhāgampi visabhāgampi, vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇāyo appaṭicchannāyo. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti; adhammena mānattaṃ deti, adhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu avisuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (1)
261 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi, ekanāmampi nānānāmampi, sabhāgampi visabhāgampi, vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇāyo paṭicchannāyo. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti; adhammena mānattaṃ deti, adhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu avisuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (2)
262 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi, ekanāmampi nānānāmampi, sabhāgampi visabhāgampi, vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇāyo paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti, adhammena mānattaṃ deti, adhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu avisuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (3)
263 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi, ekanāmampi nānānāmampi, sabhāgampi visabhāgampi, vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati aparimāṇāyo appaṭicchannāyo … pe … aparimāṇāyo paṭicchannāyo … pe … aparimāṇāyo paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi … pe … parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi appaṭicchannāyo. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti; adhammena mānattaṃ deti, adhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu avisuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (4 –7)
264 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi, ekanāmampi nānānāmampi, sabhāgampi visabhāgampi, vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi paṭicchannāyo. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti; adhammena mānattaṃ deti, adhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu avisuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (8)
265 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi, ekanāmampi nānānāmampi, sabhāgampi visabhāgampi, vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena; dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti; adhammena mānattaṃ deti; adhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu avisuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (9)
266 mūlāyaavisuddhinavakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
10 dutiyanavaka
267 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi … pe … vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti, so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇā appaṭicchannāyo. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti; dhammena mānattaṃ deti, dhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu avisuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (1)
268 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi … pe … vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇā paṭicchannāyo. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti; dhammena mānattaṃ deti, dhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu avisuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (2)
269 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi … pe … vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇā paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti; dhammena mānattaṃ deti, dhammena abbheti. so bhikkhave, bhikkhu avisuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (3)
270 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi, ekanāmampi nānānāmampi, sabhāgampi visabhāgampi, vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati aparimāṇā appaṭicchannāyo … pe … aparimāṇā paṭicchannāyo … pe … aparimāṇā paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi … pe … parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi appaṭicchannāyo. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti; dhammena mānattaṃ deti, dhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu avisuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (4 –7)
271 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi … pe … vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi paṭicchannāyo. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti, dhammena mānattaṃ deti, dhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu avisuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (8)
272 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi … pe … vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti; dhammena mānattaṃ deti, dhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu avisuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (9)
11 tatiyanavaka
274 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi … pe … vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇāyo appaṭicchannāyo. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasāmīti maññamāno antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇāyo appaṭicchannāyo. so tasmiṃ bhūmiyaṃ ṭhito purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarati, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarati. tassa evaṃ hoti— ‘ahaṃ kho sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi … pe … vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ parimāṇāyo appaṭicchannāyo. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāciṃ. taṃ maṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassi adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasāmīti maññamāno antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ parimāṇāyo appaṭicchannāyo. sohaṃ tasmiṃ bhūmiyaṃ ṭhito purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarāmi, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarāmi. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāceyyaṃ dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ; dhammena mānattaṃ, dhammena abbhānan’ti. so saṇghaṃ purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ; dhammena mānattaṃ, dhammena abbhānaṃ. taṃ saṇgho purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, mūlāya paṭikassati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti; dhammena mānattaṃ deti, dhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu visuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (1)
275 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi … pe … vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇā paṭicchannāyo. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati, adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasāmīti maññamāno antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇā paṭicchannāyo. so tasmiṃ bhūmiyaṃ ṭhito purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarati, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarati. tassa evaṃ hoti— ‘ahaṃ kho sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi … pe … vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ parimāṇā paṭicchannāyo. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāciṃ. taṃ maṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassi, adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasāmīti maññamāno antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ parimāṇā paṭicchannāyo. sohaṃ tasmiṃ bhūmiyaṃ ṭhito purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarāmi, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarāmi. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāceyyaṃ dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ, dhammena mānattaṃ, dhammena abbhānan’ti. so saṇghaṃ purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ, dhammena mānattaṃ, dhammena abbhānaṃ. taṃ saṇgho purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, mūlāya paṭikassati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti, dhammena mānattaṃ deti, dhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu visuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (2)
276 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi … pe … vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇā paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasāmīti maññamāno antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇā paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so tasmiṃ bhūmiyaṃ ṭhito purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarati, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarati. tassa evaṃ hoti— ‘ahaṃ kho sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi … pe … vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ parimāṇā paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāciṃ. taṃ maṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassi adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasāmīti maññamāno antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ parimāṇā paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. sohaṃ tasmiṃ bhūmiyaṃ ṭhito purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarāmi, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarāmi. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāceyyaṃ dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ, dhammena mānattaṃ, dhammena abbhānan’ti. so saṇghaṃ purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ, dhammena mānattaṃ, dhammena abbhānaṃ. taṃ saṇgho purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, mūlāya paṭikassati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti, dhammena mānattaṃ deti, dhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu visuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (3)
277 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi … pe … vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati aparimāṇāyo appaṭicchannāyo … pe … aparimāṇāyo paṭicchannāyo … pe … aparimāṇāyo paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi … pe … parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi appaṭicchannāyo. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassi adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasāmīti maññamāno … pe … taṃ saṇgho purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, mūlāya paṭikassati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti, dhammena mānattaṃ deti, dhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu visuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (4 –7)
278 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi … pe … vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi paṭicchannāyo. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasāmīti maññamāno antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi paṭicchannāyo. so tasmiṃ bhūmiyaṃ ṭhito purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarati, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarati. tassa evaṃ hoti— ‘ahaṃ kho sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi … pe … vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi paṭicchannāyo. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāciṃ. taṃ maṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassi adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasāmīti maññamāno antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi paṭicchannāyo. sohaṃ tasmiṃ bhūmiyaṃ ṭhito purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarāmi, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarāmi. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāceyyaṃ dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ, dhammena mānattaṃ, dhammena abbhānan’ti. so saṇghaṃ purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ, dhammena mānattaṃ, dhammena abbhānaṃ. taṃ saṇgho purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, mūlāya paṭikassati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti, dhammena mānattaṃ deti, dhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu visuddho tāhi āpattīhi. (8)
279 idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi … pe … vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. so saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yācati. tassa saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yācati. taṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti. so parivasāmīti maññamāno antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjati parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. so tasmiṃ bhūmiyaṃ ṭhito purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarati, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarati. tassa evaṃ hoti— ‘ahaṃ kho sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ parimāṇampi aparimāṇampi … pe … vavatthitampi sambhinnampi. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ yāciṃ. tassa me saṇgho tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasanto antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. sohaṃ saṇghaṃ antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāciṃ. taṃ maṃ saṇgho antarāāpattīnaṃ mūlāya paṭikassi adhammikena kammena kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, adhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ adāsi. sohaṃ parivasāmīti maññamāno antarā sambahulā saṇghādisesā āpattiyo āpajjiṃ parimāṇāyopi aparimāṇāyopi paṭicchannāyopi appaṭicchannāyopi. sohaṃ tasmiṃ bhūmiyaṃ ṭhito purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarāmi, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattiyo sarāmi. yannūnāhaṃ saṇghaṃ purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, mūlāyapaṭikassanaṃ yāceyyaṃ dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ, dhammena mānattaṃ, dhammena abbhānan’ti. so saṇghaṃ purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, mūlāya paṭikassanaṃ yācati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ, dhammena mānattaṃ, dhammena abbhānaṃ. taṃ saṇgho purimāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, aparāāpattīnaṃ antarāāpattīnañca, mūlāya paṭikassati dhammikena kammena akuppena ṭhānārahena, dhammena samodhānaparivāsaṃ deti, dhammena mānattaṃ deti, dhammena abbheti. so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu visuddho tāhi āpattīhi". (9)
280
tatiyanavakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
samuccayakkhandhako tatiyo.
282 appaṭicchannā ekāha,
dvīha tīha catūha ca;
pañcāhapakkhadasannaṃ,
āpattimāha mahāmuni.283 suddhanto ca vibbhamanto,
parimāṇamukhaṃ dve bhikkhū;
tattha saññino dve yathā,
vematikā tatheva ca.284 missakadiṭṭhino dve ca,
asuddhakekadiṭṭhino;
dve ceva suddhadiṭṭhino.285 tatheva ca eko chādeti,
atha makkhamatena ca;
ummattakadesanañca,
mūlā aṭṭhārasa visuddhato.286 ācariyānaṃ vibhajjapadānaṃ,
tambapaṇṇidīpapasādakānaṃ;
mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ,
vācanā saddhammaṭṭhitiyāti.